u  c 


UC-NRLF 


27fl    MSB 
HB 


HANDBOOK  OF  TRANSPORTATION 


13  Y  F*«RMM£«i<QN  ®F  Q.   M. 


BY  UEUT,  COL,  C.  3.  BAKER. 

C|.  1M.  C.,  L'l.  m.  A. 


Handbook  of  Transportation 

by 

Rail  and  Commercial  Vessels 


Printed  by  permission  of  the  Quartermaster 
General  of  the  U.  S.  Army  and  prepared 
in  his  office  under  the  direction  of 

Lieut.  Col.  C.  B.  Baker,  Q.  M.  C,  I.'.  S.  A. 


Published  by 

George  U.  Harvey 

109  Lafayette  Street,  New  York 


Price,  $1.00 


I  '  I 


Printed  by  THE  HARVEY  PRESS 
109   Lafayette   Street,   N.  Y.    City 


CONTENTS 


GENERAL    PROVISION 1 

PAGE  PAGE 

Distribution    of    traffic     3  List    of    stations    and    posts...  3 

Duty    of    furnishing    transpor-                  Military    railways    1 

tation    •     1  Preference    to    military    traffic  1 

Equalization    lines 2  Ouartermaster      should      study 

General      average      on      house-                     traffic   conditions 1 

hold   goods Shipments  of  alcoholic   liquors 

General      Average      on      water                     to    prohibition    states     4 

shipments Special    routing    instructions.  .  3 

Land-grant  lines 2         Water    routes 2 

TRANSPORTATION  REQUESTS 4 

Action    in    case    of    no    trans-  Receipting    requests    and    pro- 

portation   request 14             curing   tickets 11 

Action     in     case     of     loss     or                 Requests 4 

theft Requests      for      other      depart- 

Additional  information    8             ments 12 

Affidavit    14  Requests  must   not   cover   pub- 

Bond-aided    railroads    4  lie     property     or     checkable 

Cancellation baggage    13 

Circuitous   route 12  Requests   lost    by    carriers    ...  13 

(  ollection    from    traveler    ....      12  Requests  for  parlor  and  sleep- 
Delay   en   route 12  ing   car    accommodation    ...  9 

Disposing      of      original      and  Requisitions      for      transporta- 

memorandum 11            tion 4 

Disposition     of     travel     orders                 Responsibility     6 

of  individuals Round    trip    transportation..  .  .  12 

Duplicate     requests     must    not                 Route    9 

be    issued    13  Specific     kind     of     transporta- 

How  transportation  is  secured       4             tion    to    be    shown    9 

Information    to    be    shown    on                 Stub   of   request    10 

transportation    request    Transfer   on   memorandum   re- 

Iiivoices ceipt 6 

Lost   ticket 13  Transportation  improperly  fur- 
Memorandum    request    10            nished      8 

Mixed    class    transportation...      15  Transportation  requests  should 

No  change  to  be  made  in  body                     always  be   on   hand    14 

of    request .«.  .  .      11        Travel    of    civilians    4 

Officer    must   sign   request    ...      13  Travel     over     Canadian     roads  13 

Orders •  Through  requests  to  be   issued 

Receipts   and   issues 5  Unused     request     and     unused 

tickets 12 

BILLS   OP    LADING 15 

Accomplishment.     Notation    of  Classification    of    o  r  d  n  a  n  c  e 

loss    18            stores       20 

Action   in   case   of.no   Govern-                 Certificate    ot    shipment    23 

ment   bill    of    lading    ...  .  .                 Contract    rates     21 

ex'act    facls1^     ""^                   25        Description    of    articles     19 

Bills     of     lading     must     show                 Disposition    of    copies    17 

name   of    issuing   office    ....      17        Erasures,    etc 22 

Car    number    to    be    shown    ..'21  Explanation      of     terms,      con- 
Classification .    /J9      f  x  £ignee    and   consignor    17 


11 


Contents — Continued 


Bills    of    Lading-— Continued 

PAGE 

Government   bill   of   lading   to 

be    used     16 

Invoices    16 

Issuance  and  number  of  copies .  17 

Loss   of  bills   of  lading    23 

Loss    of    damage    23 

Memorandum   18 

No    duplicate    bills    of    lading 

should   be   issued    23 

Numbering    17 

Original    18 

Oversea  shipments 22 

Payment  of  account  when  bill 

of    lading    is    lost    24 

Payment  of  bill   of  lading    .  .  23 

Property   received   copy    18 

DIMENSIONS  AND   CAPACITY 

Arms   palace    horse   cars    ....  27 

Automobile    cars     27 

Baggage  and  freight  cars    ...  26 

Kitchen     cars     28 

Loads   for   ordinary   cars    ....  29 
Number    of    rations   to    an    or- 
dinary 36  ft.   car 29 

TRANSPORTATION    REPORTS 

If  in  doubt  as  to  proper  dis- 
bursing officer  30 

Monthly  report  of  bills  of 
lading  and  through  trans- 
portation requests  issued.  .  30 

Offices  settling  transportation 

accounts  30 

Transportation  of  memo,  bills 
of  lading  and  copies  of 

transportation  requests  ...  29 

Transportation  of  Troops 

"by  Rail 35 

Action  in  case  of  delay  en 

route  69 

Additional  occupancy  of  sleep- 
ing cars  69 

Advice  to  commanding  of- 
ficers as  to  placing  cars  .  53 

An  officer  to  supervise  loading  55 

Attendants    for    live    stock    .  .  58 

Additional  equipment  neces- 
sary    49 

Advice   to    commanding   officer  43 

Advice   to   train  quartermaster  43 

Basis    for    furnishing   cookers.  50 
By    Quartermaster    department 

By   Quartermaster   General  ..  .  37 

By    local     quartermaster     .  .  •  •  41 
Breaking   of   military    units   to 

be    avoided     42 


PAGE 

Property      for     other      depart- 
ments         24 

Property    shipped    copy     19 

Receipt    by    other    than    con- 
signee      18 

Receipt    for    property    18 

Shipped    by    Government    con- 
veyance   .  23 

Shipping    order     17 

Shipments   of    bread    22 

Show    carrier   from    whom   re- 
ceived      18 

Show   full    history    19 

Supply    16 

Temporary    receipt    to    carrier 

Through  bills   of   lading  to  be  19 

OP   RAILROAD  CARS ...      26 

Number    of    tourist_  and    kit- 
chen  cars  in  service    28 

Passenger   cars    

Side    doors     27 

Sleeping    cars    

Steel    cars    

Trackage       26 

AND    STATEMENTS 29 

Basis   for    furnishing  cookers.      50 
Commander  of  troops  sole  in- 
termediary          69 

Coal   and   ice   used    in   kitchen 

cars      68 

Cleaning   mess   kits    53 

Certificates    47 

Cookers  to  be  kept  in  stock  at 

recruit    depots     50 

Cautionary     directions     

Car   capacities .      41 

Commeivcial   and   military   rail- 
ways           36 

Detailed    list    of    command    to 

be     furnished     36 

Delay     in     furnishing      equip- 
ment         42 

Directions    for    use    50 

Detail    of   yardmaster    

Duties    of    yardmaster     54 

Duties    of    officer    supervising 

loading 55 

Dispositions    of    transportation 

requests     67 

Disposition     of     transportation 

request    

Detraining  and   unloading    .  .  . 

Entraining    troops    65 

Expediting    lists    

Emergency   kitchen   equipment     48 


Contents— Continued 


111 


PAGE 

Example     of     placing     officers 

and    men    45 

Excess    berth    furnished 

charged  against   officer    ....  45 
Equipment    used    for    prepara- 
tion   of   food    en    route    ...  46 

Execution    of    contracts    38 

Field    service     37 

Guarding    cars    56 

Household     goods     of     officers 

and    others     64 

If    less    men     on    train    than 
called   for   by   transportation 

request    67 

If    more    men    on    train    than 
called  for  by  transportation 

request 67 

It    tickets   are   used    68 

If  two   or  more  sections    ....  55 

Installing    field    range     49 

Installing    stovepipe     49 

If    box    car    is    used    50 

Issue    and   return   of   cookers.  52 

Issue    bills    of    lading    65 

Informal   award    39 

Issuing  transportation  request  66 
Kitchen  cars,  description  of.  46 
Kitchen  cars,  employees  ....  47 
Kitchen  car,  ice  and  fuel  .  .  47 
Kitchen  car,  damage  to  equip- 
ment    47 

Loading    ambulances    61 

Loading    animals    63 

•Loading    engineers   and    signal 

corps    60 

Loading   field   artillery    59 

Loading    harness    and     wagon 

parts    62 

Loading    property     54 

Loading    motor    vehicles     ....  62 

Loading   vehicles  set   up    ....  59 

Loading    wagons     61 

Loading   the    impedimenta    ...  58 

Lists    of    per-sonnel    58 

Local  quartermaster  to  be  ad- 
vised      40 

Movement  by  commercial  rail- 
ways is  function  of  Q.M.C.  36 
Minimum    number    for    whom 
special     car     will     be     furn- 

nished 44 

Marking    cars    53 

N.C.O.  to  be  assigned  to  each 

car    56 

N.C.O.   to   act   if   in   charge   of 

party    47 

Notice    of    movements     36 

Orders  36 


PAGE 

Order    of    loading     54 

Organizations  to  load  and  un- 
load    5,6 

Preference    to    military    traffic  35 

Placing    equipment    ,  42 

Portable    gas   cooker    50 

Packing    and    crating    53 

Quartermaster  should  work 
out  movements  in  advance 

of   orders    36 

Quartermaster    to    be    present 

at    entraining    53 

Railroad    should    be    furnished 

full    information    42 

Report    of    journey     69 

Requisition   for   gas  cooker    .  .  52 
Regular      kitchen      car      equip- 
ment      48 

Reimbursement      for     sleeping 

or    parlor   cars   fares   paid. .  45 

Record    of    movement     43 

Request  for  freight  equip- 
ment must  show  length  de- 
sired    41 

Routing    and    equipment     ....  37 
Sample      letter      of      informal 

award* 39 

Should  list  cars  in  his  train.  .  68 
Standard    sleepers   for    officers  45 
Should  see  that  no  excess  ac- 
commodations   are    used     .  .  69 
Suggestions    as    to    numbering 

property    57 

Size    of    trains    41 

Trunk    lockers     58 

Train      quartermaster      should 

have    copy    of    contract....  68 
Tourist      sleepers     for     troops 

and     officers     44 

Tourist   berths    for    officers    .  .  44 

Tourist    cars    for    troops    ....  45 

Units  should  be  kept  together  41 

Use   of  kitchen   cars    46 

Unloading    in    emergencies    .  .  70 
Where     kitchen     tourist     cars 

are    not    used    48 

Where  bids  will  not  be  in- 
vited    38 

Transportation  of  Troops 
Iby  Commercial  Vessels  70 

Arrangements  for  transporta- 
tion    70 

Transports  and  chartered  ves- 
sels    71 

Transportation  requests  and 
bills  of  lading  71 

Use    of    water    lines  70 


iv 


Contents — Continued 


TRANSPORTATION    OF    INDIVIDUALS 71 


Endorsing  transportation  or- 
der   

Erroneous  a  c  c  o  m  modations 
furnished  

Excess  space  of  lower  class    . 

Sleeping  and  parlor  car  ac- 
commodations   

Sleeping  car  accommodations 
for  N.C.O.  below  grade  16 

Travel    not    with    troops    .... 

Officers  . 

Officer    traveling    by    sea     . .  . 

Transportation       requests     for 

officers  on    mileage   basis    .. 

N.   C.  O.  Above   Grade  17 
N.  C.  O.  Below  G-rade  16. 

N.  C.  O.  as  attendant  

Reserve  and  discharged 

N.  C.  O's 

Enlisted  Men  on  Change 

of  Station 

Enlisted  Men  on  Retire- 
ment   

Period     during     which     trans- 
portation   can   be    granted    . 
Residence       retired        enlisted 


men    

Retired    enlisted   men    

Enlisted  Men  on  Dis- 
charge or  Furlough  to 
the  Reserve 

Deferred  transportation  .... 
Distance  not  cost  controls  .  . 
How  distance  is  determined.  . 

Inaccessible  places  

Isolated  case  where  there  is 

no  disbursing  officer  

Notation  of  point  on  request 

Order  not  required  

Route 

Sleeping  car  accommodations 
Soldiers  beyond  limit  of 

U.    S 


PAGE 
71 

73 
73 

72 

72 
71 

73 

73   - 

73 

74 
74 

74 

74 
75 

75 

76 

76 

75 


76 

79 
79 

77 
78 

78 
78 
79 

78 

77 

79 


PAGE 

Subsistence   77 

Transportation      f  r  om      point 
other     than     place     of     dis- 
charge   not    authorized    .... 
Travel    by    water    78 

Invalid  Soldiers  and  At- 
tendants    80 

Insane  Soldiers 80 

Insane    soldier    and    escort.  .  .      80 
Return     transportation       80 

Discharged  Military 
Prisoners 81 

Cost,    not    distance,    governs.  .      81 

Determine  cost    81 

No    sleeping    accommodations.      81 
Enlisted  Men  on  Furlough 
or     Absent     Without 

Leave 82 

Charge  for  transportation  and 

subsistence    82 

Change      of      station      while 

soldier   is  on   furlough    ....      83 
Enlisted   men   on   furlough    .  .      83 
Method    of    reporting   to    com- 
manding   officer     82 

Deserters  and  Guard   ....     84 
Recruits 84 

Applicants 
nient    and 
plicauts  . 

Civilian  Employees    

Army  Nurses 

Witnesses 

Transportation  to 
Soldiers'  Home  

Transportation  for  Pur- 
pose of  Procuring  Arti- 
ficial Iiinibs  86 

Transportation  for  Other 
Departments 86 


for       Enlist- 
Rejected  Ap- 


84 
84 
85 
85 

85 


TRANSPORTATION    OF    SUPPLIES    AND    PROPERTY..      86 


Supplies  for  the  Army ...     86 

Cardling  carload  shipments  .  92 
Exception  to  standard  sizes..  88 
Express,  authority  to  be. 

shown     94 

Express,   delicate    instruments; 

officers    papers     

Express,    insurance    94 

Express,     letters    or    packages 

that    can    be    sent    by    mail     94 


Express    shipments     

Express,    small    packages    ....      93 

Fibre    board    boxes    88 

Invoicing   ordnance   stores   for 

shipment    

Invoicing    Q.     M.     stores    for 

shipment    

Marking 

Marking     funds     

Marking    household    goods     .  . 


Contents — Continued 


Transportation  Reports  and  Statements — Continued 


Marking   ordnance   property 
Marking   Q.    M.    supplies    .  . 

Packing    

Parcel   Post   shipments    .... 

Responsibility 

Sacking    and    baling     

Standard    packing   boxes    .  . 

Stencil    plates 

Vehicles         > 


PAGE 

92 

91 

87 

94 

89 

87 

87 

90 

94 


Transportation  of  Ani- 
mals    95 

28    hour     law     98 

Attendants  accompanying  ani- 
mals    98 

Disinfecting    stock    cars    97 

Expense    incident   to    shipment 

of    animals     100 

Excess  over  authorized  num- 
ber    104 

Loading    animals     97 

Payment   of    fees    97 

State    Sanitary    requirements.  95 

Transportation  of  Mounts  100 

Certificates        103 

Descriptive    card     103 

Change   of   status    104 

Horse   shows   and   hore   races.  105 

Medical    reserve    corps    105 

Officers   taking   test    rides    .  .  .  105 

Officers    on   military    duty    . .  .  106 

Oversea    shipments     104 

Private  mounts  —  returned 
from  abroad  Customs 

regulations    106 

Regulations    governing    100 

Resigned    officers    105 

Retired    officer    on    recruiting 

duty    ' 105 

Stalling    cars     106 

To    remount    depots    102 

To    service    schools    104 

Transport    surgeon     105 

Transportation  of  Bag- 
gage, Household  Goods, 
Personal  Effects  and 
Professional  Books  ....  107 

Allowance  for  each  grade  .  .  107 
Assignment  to  transports  .  .  .  116 
Baggage  accompanying  officers  112 
Baggage — what  is  included  .  .  115 

Certificates    Ill 

Change   of   station    116 

Dental     outfits     accompanying 

dental    surgeons    112 

Enlisted    men  110 


PAGE 

Excess    over    allowances     ....  108 
Excess  over   authorized   allow- 
ance of   baggage   or    mounts  112 
Graduates  of  military  academy  110 

Hauling    baggage     117 

Honorably    discharged    officers  109 
Honorably    discharged    officers 

and    officers    who    resign     .  .  117 

Invoices    108 

Medical    reserve    corps    109 

Medical    reserve    corps   officers  116 

Military    attaches    109 

"Officers    Ill 

Officers    promoted    from    ranks  110 

Oversea    service    110 

Professional  books  and  papers  111 
Professional     books,     non-com- 
commissioned    officers     Ill 

Regulations     governing    trans- 
portation   of    baggage     ....  107 
Reimbursement     cannot     be 
made    for    charges    paid    for 
transportation     of     baggage.  114 

Released    shipments     109 

Retirement    or    death     109 

Shipment     on     retirement     or 

decease     116 

Shipments   to    service    schools.  115 
Transfer      of      property      with 

hospital     corps     116 

Unauthorized    shipments     .... 

Wholly    retired    officers    116 

Packing  and  Crating  Bag- 
gage   117 

Apportionment  of  funds  for 
packing  and  crating  119 

Estimate  of  funds  for  packing 
and  crating  

Hire   of   expert  packers    '. 

Maximum    cost    118 

Maximum  tare  weight,  burlap 
and  excelsior  117 

Methods  of  providing  for 
packing  and  crating  119 

Officers  stationed  at  points 
where  no  quartermaster  is 
available  120 

Packing  and  crating  by  ord- 
nance or  engineer  depart- 
ments    120 

Packing  and  crating  should 
be  anticipated 120 

Packing  material  is  public 
property 121 

Packing  only  authorized  on 
change  of  station  118 


vi 


Contents — Continued 


Transportation  of  Supplies   and  Property— Continued 


PAGE 

Packing    professional    books..    118 
Regulations     governing     pack- 
ing and  crating    117 

Requisitions   for  supplies    ....    119 
Transportation    of   Funds  121 

Transportation  of  Athletic 
and  Gymnastic  Appa- 
ratus    121 

Transfer  of  Moving1  Pic- 
ture Outfits  and  Sup- 
plies    121 

Transportation  of  Read- 
ing* Matter  and  Musical 
Instruments 122 

Articles  donated  to  U.  S. 
Military  Academy,  and 
other  institutions  122 

Books,  reading  matter  and 
musical  instruments  122 

Exchanged    books    123 

Medical    publications     122 


PAGE 


Transportation  of  Sup- 
plies for  Post  Ex- 
changes   123 

Transportation  of  Sup- 
plies Purchased  from 
Hospital  Funds 123 

Transportation  of  Sup- 
plies  for  the  Militia . . .  123 

Condemned    army    horses     .  .  .    124 
Supplies       for       arming       and 

^equipping 123 

Unserviceable  and  unsuitable 
property  123 

Transportation  of  Sup- 
plies for  Other  Govern- 
ment  Departments  and 
Bureaus 124 

Law    governing     124 

Packing    and    marking    124 

Personal    effects — coast    guard  124 


DEMURRAGE   AND    STORAGE    124 

Car    loads     124    Prompt   notification    of   arrival   125 

Less  than  car   loads    125 

TRANSPORTATION    OF    REMAINS 125 

STREET   CAR   AND   FERRY  TICKETS    125 

TOLL  BRIDGES,  FERRIES  AND   TURNPIKES    126 


DRAYAGE   AND   HAULING  . 

Action    to    be   taken   where   no 

Q.    M.    available    127 

Class    1    estimates    126 

Economy        126 

Excess   hauling    127 

TRANSPORTATION  CLAIMS 

Claims  for  Reimburse- 
ment Account  Trans- 
portation   128 

Baggage    128 

Persons        128 

Claims   Against   Carriers.   128 
Notification  of  loss  or  damage  128 

Personal    property    130 

Public    property    129 

Surveying    officer     130 

Time  within  which  claim  may 
be  filed  129 


126 

Hauling    baggage    126 

Reimbursement    unauthoried    when 
cost    of    hauling   is    paid    by 
owner         127 


128 


Claims  Against  the  Gov- 
ernment for  Loss  or 
Damage  to  Personal 
Property  in  Transit 131 

Amount  collected  from  carrier 
must  be  deducted  from 
claims  131 

Board  of  officers  to  investi- 
gate loss  or  damage  13 

When    allowed    131 


GENERAL  PROVISIONS 

Duty  of  furnishing  transportation 

1.  The    duty    of    furnishing    transportation    at    any    post, 
station,  or  depot  will  be  intrusted  to  one  officer  of  the  Quarter- 
master Corps,   on   whom   requisitions  will  be  made  therefor. 
In  the  performance  of  their  official  and  military  duties  officers 
of  the  Army  are  authorized  to  use  the  means  of  transportation 
provided  by  the  Quartermaster  Corps  in  accordance  with  law. 
(Paragraph  1108,  A.  R.  1913.) 

Preference  to  military  traffic 

2.  In  time  of  war  or  threatened  war  preference  and  pre- 
cedence shall,  upon  the  demand  of  the  President  of  the  United 
States,  be  given,  over  all  other  traffic,  to  the  transportation 
of  troops  and  material  of  war,  and  carriers  shall  adopt  every 
means    within    their   control    to    facilitate    and    expedite    the 

military  traffic.      (34  Stat.  587.) 

» 
Military  railways 

3.  In  time  of   war,   within  the   theatre  of   operations,   the 
Corps  of  Engineers  has  charge  of  the  construction,  mainten- 
ance,   and    repair    of    roads,    ferries,    bridges,    and    incidental 
structures;  and  of  the  construction,  maintenance,  and  opera- 
tion of   railroads   under  military  control,  including  the   con- 
struction   and   operation   of    armored    trains.      (A.    R.    1493, 
1913.) 

Quartermaster  should  study  traffic  conditions 

4.  A  quartermaster,  charged  with  the  duty  of  furnishing 
transportation,    should    familiarize    himself    with    traffic   con- 
ditions out  of  his  post  or  station  in  order  that  passenger  and 
freight  may  be  forwarded  by  the  most  economical  routes.    He 
should  keep  advised  as  to  any  special  rates  that  may  be  per- 
manently or  temporarily  in  effect,  such  as  party,  colonist,  or 
other  excursion   fares,   and  should  ascertain  the  territory  to 
which  second  class  fares  are  in  effect  from  his  post  or  station, 
and  the  lines  over  which  tourist  cars  are  operated.    The  for- 
mer information  can  be  secured  from  the  local  agent  of  the 
carrier,  and  the  latter  froim  a  study  of  the  Official   Railway 
Guide,  furnished  monthly  to  each  post  and  station.     Should 
additional  information  be  desired  or  should  any  doubt  arise 


2  Handbook  of  Transportation 

as  to  the  application  of  rates  or  any  other  point  connected 
with  transportation,  advice  should  be  sought  from  higher 
authority. 

Water  routes 

5.  Particular  attention   is  invited  to  the   fact  that  where 
water  lines  can  be  used,  the  rates  charged  by  such  lines  are, 
as  a  rule,  considerably  lower  than  those  charged  by  all-rail 
carriers,  and  quartermasters  stationed  at  a  p'ost  that  is  on,  or 
contiguous  to,  a  sea-port  should  ascertain,  and  compare,  the 
rates  charged  by  all-rail,  rail-and-water,  or  all-water  routes, 
in  order  that   the  most   economical    route  may  be   used,  but 
where  the  use  of  rail-and-water  routes  necessitates  the  issu- 
ance of  two  transportation  requests  or  bills  of  lading,  instruc- 
tions will  be  requested  from  the  Quartermaster  General.    (See 
Transportation  of  Troops  by  Commercial  Vessels,  paragraphs 
216  to  219.) 

Land-grant  lines 

6.  Certain  of  the  railroads  of  the  United  States,  a  complete 
list  of  which,   together  with  reference  to  the  laws  covering, 
is  shown  in  Circular  16,  Q.  M.  G.  O.  1912,  were  granted  lands 
to  aid  in  their  construction,  and  the  laV  requires  these  lines 
to  carry  property  and  troops  of  the  United  States  at  certain 
reduced  rates.    These  roads  are  known  as  Land-Grant  Lines. 

Equalization  lines 

7.  In   order   to    participate    in   this   traffic,    practically   all 
carriers  in  the  United  States  have  agreed  to  charge  the  same 
rates  on  passenger  and  freight  traffic  for  the  War  Depart- 
ment  as    could   be   secured    by   the   use   of   land-grant  lines ; 
these  carriers  are  known  as  "Equalization  lines."     There  are 
a   few  roads,  however,   that  will  not  participate  in  the  pro- 
tection   of   land-grant   rates    and   certain   of   the  equalization 
lines   have   exceptions   as   to   traffic  that  is   considered  unre- 
munerative.      These    equalization    agreements    and    a    list    of 
equalization  lines  are  fully  shown  in  Circular  6,  O.  C.  Q.  M.  C. 
1913,  and  officers  and  others  charged  with  issuance  of  trans- 
portation requests  and  bills  of  lading  should  familiarize  them- 
selves with  the  information  shown  therein.     Tables  of  land- 
grant   and    bond-aided    railroads,    containing    the    instructions 
concerning  the   settlement  of  accounts  over,   and  references 
to   all    other   legislation    affecting,    such    roads   are    published 
from  time  to  time  in  circulars  from  the  office  of  the  Quarter- 
master   General.      Schedules    of    land-grant,    indebted,    and 
bond-aided  mileages   and   net  percentages   of  land-grant   de- 


Handbook  of  Transportation  3 

ductions  for  freight  and  passenger  traffic  are   similarly  pub- 
lished. 

Distribution  of  traffic 

8.  When    the    bids    of    competing    lines    of    Government 
freight  and  passenger  traffic  are  equal,  the  award  will  be  made 
in  such  a  manner  as  will  give,  so  far  as  practicable,  an  equal 
division  of  the  business  among  the  lines  interested ;  when  bids 
are  unequal,  award  will  be  made  to  the  lowest  bidder,  con- 
ditions in   other   respects   being   equal.      (Circular  2,   Q.   M. 
G.  O.,  1909.) 

List  of  stations  and  posts 

9.  A  schedule    showing  posts   and   stations   of  the   U.    S. 
Army  and   data  relative  to  issuance   of  bills  of   lading  and 
transportation  requests,  in  connection  with  transportation  of 
freight  and  passengers,  thereto,   is  contained   in   Circular   16, 
Q.   M.  G.  O.,    (1915).    The  information  as  to  transportation 
conditions  at  the  various  posts  and  stations  and  the  instruc- 
tions as  to  routing,  which  are  contained  therein,  are  necessary 
for  the  proper  guidance  of  officers  in  the  issuance  of  trans- 
portation requests  and  bills  of  lading. 

Special  routing  instructions 

10.  From  time  to  time  as  conditions  may  warrant,  special 
instructions  to  cover  some  particular,  general,  or  local  condi- 
tions  will   be   issued   by  the   Quartermaster  .General.     Local 
quartermasters   will   carefully  file,    for   convenient    reference, 
such  routing  instructions  as  pertain  to  their  respective  post, 
or  station. 

General  average  on  water  shipments 

11.  Vessel  owners  are  not  liable  for  losses  resulting  from 
dangers  of  the  sea,  provided  the  owner  of  any  vessel  suffering 
such  loss  exercised  due   diligence  to  make  the  vessel  in  all 
respects  seaworthy  and  properly  manned,  equipped  and  sup- 
plied.     Statutes    limiting    the   liability   of    vessel    owners    for 
losses  incident  to  navigation  being  for  the  public  good,  the 
Government  is  bound  by  them  although  not  expressly  named 
therein.     (J.  A.  G.  Op.  June  21,  1915.) 

General  average  on  household  goods 

12.  The   doctrine   of   general   average   is   founded   on  the 
princople  that  what  is  sacrificed  for  the  benefit  of  all  should 
be  made  good  by  the  contribution  of  all.     *     *     *     I  am  of 
the    opinion   that    the    Quartermaster's    department    is    acting 
entirely  in  accordance  with  the  law  and  regulations  when  it 


4  Handbook  of  Transportation 

decides  to  ship  an  officer's  baggage  by  sea  rather  than  by  rail 
and  that  if,  due  to  such  shipment  by  sea,  a  general  average 
is  declared  covering  the  property  of  the  officer,  the  latter  and 
not  the  government  is  responsible  for  the  payment  of  the  con- 
tribution. (J.  A.  G.  Op.  January  16,  1907.) 

Shipments  of  alcoholic  liquors  to  prohibition  states 

13.  A  state  Law  forbidding  the   sale  of  liquor  or  its  im- 
portation into  the  State  does  not  apply  to  a  sale  to  the  United 
States  or  to  the  transportation  of  alcoholic  liquors  going  into 
the  State  as  property  of  the  United  States  and  intended  as 
Medical   supplies   for   the   treatment   of    the    troops   and   the 
animals  pertaining  to  the  Ar,my.     (J.  A.  G.  Op.  May  17,  1915.) 
Bills    of    lading   for    shipments    of    alcoholic   liquors    to   pro- 
hibition   states    should    be    indorsed :      "Intended   as    Medical 
Supplies  for  the  treatment  of  troops  (or  animals)  pertaining 
to  the  Army." 

TRANSPORTATION  REQUESTS 

How  transportation  is  secured 

14.  Transportation  for  persons  in,  or  over,  the  lines  of  any 
common  carrier  will  be  obtained  by  the  issuance  of  a  trans- 
portation  request. 

Travel  of  civilians 

For  authorized  journeys  of  civilian  employees  of  any  branch 
of  the  military  service  transportation  requests  will  be  ob- 
tained when  practicable,  but  will  be  obtained  in  every  case 
for  travel  over-bond-aided  railroads.  (A.  R.  732,  1913.) 

Bond-aided  railroads 

Note:  The  only  bond-aided  railroad  now  in  existence  is 
the  Central  Branch  of  the  Missouri  Pacific  Railway  between 
Atchison  and  Waterville,  Kan.,  a  distance  of  100  miles.  The 
location  of  this  branch  is  such  that  it  is  not  on  any  of  the 
through  lines  to  Colorado  or  California. 
Requisitions  for  transportation 

15.  Requisitions  for  supply  of  transportation  requests  will 
be  made  as  follows : 

Requests 

(a)  Upon  the  depot  quartermaster,  Washington,  D.  C, 
directly  for  all  posts,  recruiting  stations,  and  depots  in  the 
Eastern  Department. 

(£>)  Upon  the  depot  quartermaster,  San  Francisco,  Cal., 
directly  for  all  posts,  recruiting  stations,  and  depots  in  the 


Handbook  of  Transportation 

Western  and  Hawaiian  Departments.  (G.  O.  92,  \Y.  D., 
1914.) 

(c )  Upon  the  depot  quartermaster,  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  directly 
for  all  posts,  recruiting  stations,  and  depots  in  the  Central 
and  Southern  Departments. 

These  depot  quartermasters  will  also  be  the  source  of  sup- 
ply within  the  military  departments  above  named,  for  trans- 
portation requests  required  for  the  official  use  of  quarter- 
imasters,  who  are  not  serving  as  a  post,  recruiting  station  or 
depot.  Requisitions  for  transportation  requests  will  be  sub- 
mitted directly  on  Q.  M.  C.  Form  160 — Requisition  (1  copy 
only)  if  on  hand;  otherwise,  by  letter.  The  transportation 
requests  are  issued  in  books  of  10,  25,  50  and  100  requests 
each,  respectively. 

Invoices 

16.  Transportation  requests  will,  except  as  shown  in  the 
succeeding   paragraph,   be  invoiced  to  the  quartermasters   to 
whom  supplied,  who  will  receipt  for  them  and  take  them  up 
on  Q.  M.  C.  Form  200 — Property  Account.     The  invoices  will 
show  the  serial  numbers,  as  "No.  1001  to  1100,  inclusive/'  and 
the  physical  number  of  requests  transferred;  but  they  will  be 
taken  up  on  property  return  as  —  •  (the  physical  number 
of  transportation  requests,  omitting  reference  to  serial  num- 
bers.    Monthly  report  Q.  M.  C.  Form  151 — Report  of  bills  of 
lading  and  transportation  requests  issued)    will  be  prepared 
and  forwarded  as  prescribed  in  paragraph   105. 

Receipts  and  issues 

17.  The   serial  numbers   of   all    requests   received,   issued, 
cancelled,  transferred,  lost  or  destroyed  will  be  stated  on  the 
proper  voucher   (invoice,  receipt,  or  monthly  list  of  quarter- 
master's supplies  expended,  as  the  case  may  be),  and  all  can- 
celled requests  will  accompany  the  Monthly  List  of  Quarter- 
master's Supplies  Expended — Q.  M.  C.  Form  203. 

Cancellation 

18.  The  concellation  of  a  request  is  effected  by  writing  the 
word   "Cancelled"   across  the    face   of   it  in  ink.     In   case   a 
memorandum   copy  of  a  transportation  request  is   furnished 
the  disbursing  officer  charged  with  the  settlement  of  the  trans- 
portation charges,  and  the  original  copy  is  subsequently  can- 
celled, the  cancelled  request  will  be  promptly  reported  to  such 
disbursing  officer  in  order  to  enable  him  to   dispose   of  the 
memorandum  copy  on  file  in  his  office.     In  case  it  becomes 
necessary  to  cancel  a  request  for  which  the  issuing  officer  has 


6  Handbook  of  Transportation 

previously  taken  credit,  he  will  forward  such  cancelled  request 
to  the  Quartermaster  General  stating  the  number  of  voucher 
on  which  credit  was  taken,  but  will  not  again  enter  it  on 
monthly  list  of  quartermaster  supplies  expended. 

19.  An  officer  relieved  from  duty  as  a  quartermaster  or 
who  is  transferred  to  another  station,  will  invoice  and  turn 
over  to  his   successor  all   blank  requests   in  his   possession, 
unless   otherwise   directed,   taking  a  receipt  therefor,    which 
Kvill  show  the   blank   requests  turned  over  and  their   serial 
numbers.     In  case  no   successor  is  detailed,  he   will,   unless 
otherwise  directed,  turn  over  the  blank  requests  to  the  nearest 
quartermaster.     Blank  requests  will  not  be  removed  from  the 
military  department  to  which  they  have  been  furnished,  nor 
will  they  be  transferred  to  officers  not  authorized  to  receive 
them. 

20.  Transportation  requests  will  not  be  invoiced  to  officers 
who  are  not  accountable  for  quartermaster's  supplies,  but  will 
be  furnished  to  such  officers  on  memorandum  receipt. 

Transfer  on  memorandum  receipt 

21.  Officers  to  whom  transportation  requests  are  supplied 
on  memorandum  receipt  will,  when  they  issue  such  requests 
for  transportation  purposes,  sign  them  in  their  own  name. 

At  the  end  of  each  month,  or  at  the  expiration  of  the  par- 
ticular duty,  if  not  exceeding  one  month,  the  responsible  officer 
will  sign  and  deliver  to  the  accountable  officer  a  properly 
prepared  Form  151,  and  a  certificate  showing  by 'serial  num- 
bers the  transportation  requests  issued  by  him  and  proper 
credit  for  the  requests  reported  as  used  will  be  given  the 
responsible  officer  on  his  mmorandum  receipt.  The  account- 
able officer  may  then  use  the  certificate  referred  to  as  a 
voucher  to  his  property  account,  and  will  transmit  the  Form 
151  to  the  Quartermaster  General's  Office  at  the  end  of  the 
month. 

Requests  unused  remaining  in  the  hands  of  the  responsible 
officer  on  the  termination  of  the  particular  duty,  will  be  re- 
turned to  the  accountable  officer  and  the  memorandum  receipt 
given  by  the  responsible  officer,  adjusted  and  returned  to  him. 
(Cir.  1,  Q.  M.  G.,  1916.) 

Responsibility 

22.  The  same  care  must  be  exercised  in  safe-guarding  of 
transportation    requests    as   would   be   given    to   actual   cash. 
Should  these  requests,   through   loss   or  theft,   get  into   un- 
authorized hands  and  tickets  be  procured  thereon,  the  carrier 


Handbook  of  Transportation  7 

* 

would  be  entitled  to  payment  and  it  will  be  incumbent  upon 
the  officer  charged  with  the  requests  to  prove  that  every 
precaution  was  taken  to  prevent  such  loss  or  theft. 

Action  in  case  of  loss  or  theft 

23.  If  a  quartermaster  discovers  that  a  request  or  requests 
have  been  lost  or  stolen,  the  local  carriers   will  be   notified 
immediately  and  a  report,  giving  the  numbers  and  series  of 
those  missing  and  circumstances  attending  the  loss,   will  be 
made  at  once  through  the   department  quartermaster  to  the 
Quartermaster  General,  the  former  will  notify  the  transporta- 
tion lines  in  his  department  and  vicinity  not  to  honor  them. 

Orders 

24.  In  any  movements  of  troops,  whether  in  large  numbers, 
few,  or  as  individuals,  the  basis  for  furnishing  transportation 
is  the  other  providing   for  it.     Acting  under  this   order  the 
quartermaster  issues  the  transportation  request.    When  troops 
are  moved,  proper  orders  and  an  exact  return  of  the  command 
will  be  furnished  to  the  quartermaster  who  is  to  provide  the 
transportation. 

Disposition  of  travel  orders  of  individuals 

25.  A  person  requiring  transportation  will  exhibit  an  order 
from   competent  authority.      The  quartermaster   will   indorse 
on  the  original  order,  over  his  signature,  the  fact  that  trans- 
portation has  been  provided,  its  kind,  the  places  from  and  to 
which  it  has  been  furnished,  and  the  number  of  pounds  of 
extra  baggage  transported,  if  any.    The  original  order  will  be 
retained  by  the  person  who  receives  the  transportation,  and, 
in  case  of  a  soldier  entitled  to  commutation  of  rations  while 
traveling,  will  be  disposed  of  as  directed  in  A.  R.  1232.     (A. 
R.  1111,  1913.) 

Information  to  be  shown  on  transportation  request 

26.  Transportation  for  persons  over  the  lines  of  any  com- 
mon carrier  will  be  obtained  by  the  issuance  of  a  transporta- 
tion   request,    a    separate    request   being   issued_  for    the    rail 
transportation   involved,   another    for   the   sleeping   or   parlor 
car  accommodations  to  be   furnished,  another   for  the  travel 
on  commercial  steamer,  and  still  another  for  the  transporta- 
tion of  excess  baggage,  where  authorized. 

A  request  for  transportation  issued  by  a  quartermaster,  or 
by  an  officer  to  whom  transportation  requests  are  supplied  on 
memorandum  receipt,  should  set  forth  the  following  informa- 


8  Handbook  of  Transportation 

tion,  the  entries  pertaining  thereto  being  made  by  the  officer 
issuing  the  request: 

On  the  face  thereof,  date  and  place  of  issue ;  time  for 
which  it  will  be  valid;  name  of  company  required  to  furnish 
transportation ;  name  of  the  person,  or,  if  a  party,  of  the 
person  in  charge  and  the  number  of  others  in  the  party; 
organization  to  which  the  person  belongs,  if  an  officer  or 
enlisted  man  ;  the  points  between  which  transportation  is  to 
be  furnished ;  the  initial  letters  of  each  road  or  line  to  be 
used  on  the  journey;  class  or  character  of  the  transportation 
to  be  furnished;  authority;  nature  of  journey;  officer  desig- 
nated to  settle  the  account ;  and  the  appropriation.  The  trans- 
portation requested  should  be  specifically  and  fully  described 
in  the  spaces  provided  therefor  in  the  block  at  the  right  of 
the  request,  and,  if  the  travel  is  by  commercial  steamer,  the 
request  should  further  show  whether  meals,  or  meals  and, 
berth,  are  included. 

On  the  back  thereof  the  name,  rank,  and  organization  of 
the  soldier,  if  any,  to  whom  the  cost  of  transportation  should 
be  charged;  the  number  of  officers,  enlisted  men,  and  civilians, 
when  two  or  more  travel  on  the  same  request ;  and  the  organi- 
zation, if  any.  (A.  R.  1116.) 

Additional  information 

27.  Under  "nature  of  journey,"  the  request   should  show 
the    following    specific    information    as    indicated :    "changing 
station;"  "deserters"    (giving  name,  rank,  company  and  regi- 
ment) ;   "return  from  furlough,  proper  officer  notified"    (giv- 
ing    name,     rank,     company     and     regiment)  ;     "discharged 
soldier;"    "insane    soldier    with    escort;"    "invalid    soldier;"' 
"guard  and  prisoner;"  "enroute  to   (or  returning  from)   civil 
court;"    "clerk,    or    agent  (showing   the    corps    or 
bureau  of  the  Department).     Where  a  discharged  soldier  is 
furnished  transportation  in  kind,  notation  will  be  made  of  the 
place  of  the  enlistment  to  which  he  is  entitled  to  transporta- 
tion   and   subsistence    under   the   Act   of    Congress   approved 
August  24,   1912.   If   the  settlement  of  the  request  is  to  be 
made  under  the  terms  of  a  contract,  that  fact  will  be  stated 
and  the  contract  designated.     Where  the  request  is   payable 
from  an  appropriation  of  the  Quartermaster  Corps  the  item 
or  subitem,  if  any,  of  the  analysis  will  be  shown  in  the  space 
for  "Appropriation,"  as   "S.   S.  &  T.,  202-a."     These  entries 
are  all  made  by  the  officers  issuing  the  request. 

Transportation  improperly  furnished 

28.  All  facts  necessary  to  enable  the  paying  officer  to  de- 


Handbook  of  Transportation  9 

cide  as  to  the  regularity  or  propriety  of  the  proceedings  will 
be  stated  upon  the  request.  Should  it  appear  to  the  paying 
officer  that  transportation  has  been  improperly  furnished  by 
the  issuing  officer,  he  will  make  payment  to  the  carrier  for 
the  service  actually  rendered,  and  will  send  to  the  Quarter- 
master General  a  statement  of  all  the  facts,  with  a  certified 
copy  of  the  request. 

Specific  kind  of  transportation  to  be  shown 

29.  An   officer   issuing  a   transportation   request  must  ac- 
quaint himself   with  the  different  classes  of  passenger  rates 
in  effect  between  the  points  of  contemplated  travel,  and  the 
transportation  requested,  viz.,  first  class,  limited,  party,  second 
class,  or  colonist,  as  the  case  may  be,  should     be  specifically 
and  fully  described  in  the  spaces  provided  there  to  be^  shown 
for  in  the  block  at  the  right  side  of  the 'request,  using  the 
blank  spaces  for  description  of  service  not  specially  indicated : 
Proved,  That  a  request  shall  not  be  used  to  obtain  transporta- 
tion     or  accommodations   of   a   class   of  greater  value   than 
first-class  limited  by  land   or  minimum   first-class   by  water. 
In  the  same  manner,  the  sleeping  car  or  parlor  car  accom- 
modations to  be  furnished   should   be   described,  a   separate 
request  therefor  being  issued. 

Through  requests  to  be  issued 

30.  Through  transportation  requests  will  be  issiued  for  all 
continuous   journeys,    including  service   over  bond-aided  and 
land-grant    lines,    except    where    specific    instructions    to    the 
contrary  have  been  given. 

Route 

31.  When  transportation  is  furnished  for  the  _entire  jour- 
ney, the  route,  if  not  designated  in  the  order,  will  be  deter- 
mined by  the   Quartermaster   Corps,  in   accordance  with   ex- 
isting rules.     (A.  R.  1112,  1913.) 

Requests  for  parlor  and  sleeping  car  accommodation 

32.  Quartermaster   providing  parlor   and   sleeping  car  ac- 
comodations   will    issue   requests   therefor,   and   state  therein 
the  number  of  berths  or  seats  required.     (A.  R.  1129,  1913.) 

Requests  for  parlor  or  sleeping  car  accommodations  must 
be  issued  separately  from  those  for  rail  transportation. 

All  officers  of  the  Army  who  issue  transportation  requests 
for  sleeping  car  accommodations  will  specify  thereon  the 
actual  number  of  officers  and  enlisted  men,  each  separately, 
for  which  the  accommodations  are  required,  showing  the 


10  Handbook  of  Transportation 

number  of  berths,  standard  and  tourist  separately  and  lower 
and  upper  separately. 

All  officers  of  the  Army  and  others  who  receipt  for  sleeping 
car  accommodations  will  state  in  the  receipt  the  number  of 
lower  and  upper  berths  separately,  and  standard  and  tourist 
berths  separately,  occupied.  (G.  O.  23,  W.  D.  1911.) 

When  a  journey  is  to  be  performed  covering  a  route  requir- 
ing change  of  sleeping  or  parlor  car,  through  requests  will  be 
issued.  (A.  R.  1130,  1913.) 

Persons  holding  requests  for  sleeping  or  parlor  car  accom- 
modations will,  whenever  practicable,  present  them  to  the 
proper  agent  and  obtain  tickets  for  the  number  of  berths  or 
seats  required  before  commencing  the  journey.  When  not 
practicable  to  do  so,  berths  or  seats  will  be  secured  from  the 
conductor  on  the  car.  They  will  receipt  for  the  number  of 
berths  or  seats  furnished,  naming  the  points  between  which 
they  were  furnished.  (A.  R.  1131,  1913.) 

When  it  is  impracticable  for  agents  or  conductors  to  furnish 
berths  or  seats  in  sleeping  or  parlor  cars,  the  holder  of  the 
request  will,  on  the  termination  of  his  journey,  return  it  to  the 
issuing  officer,  with  a  statement  of  the  reasons  why  it  has 
not  been  used,  and  that  officer  will  account  for  it  on  his  return. 

Stub  of  request 

(A.  R.  1133,  1913.) 

The  furnishing  of  a  seat  in  a  parlor  car  on  requests  calling 
for  berths  is  not  authorized.  (366175-QMGO,  May  13,  1912.) 

If  an  order  calling  for  space  in  tourist  cars  is  presented  for 
accommodations  between  points  where  there  is  no  tourist  car 
service,  there  is  no  objection  to  furnishing  standard  sleeping 
car  accommodations  to  the  holder  of  the  request  provided  he 
pays  the  Pullman  Company  the  difference  in  rates  from  his 
personal  funds ;  but  in  no  case  will  a  transportation  request 
issued  by  the  Quartermaster  Corps  for  tourist  car  accommo- 
dations be  paid  for  on  the  basis  of  standard  sleeping  car 
accommodations.  The  holder  of  the  request  should  receipt 
it  for  the  actual  accommodations  it  calls  for.  ( 380921 -QMGO, 
Aug.  26,  1912.) 

Memorandum  request 

33.  The  books  of  transportation  requests  are  printed  with 
original  and  memorandum  copies  so  arranged  that  they  will 
register  in  the  proper  place  by  the  use  of  carbon  paper,  and 
the  memorandum  should  be  filled  out  at  the  same  time  as  the 
original  and  show,  all  the  information  called  for  above  on  the 
original. 


Handbook  of  Transportation  .  11 

Disposing  of  original  and  memorandum 

34.  The  original  request  will  be  turned  over  to  the  traveler, 
or  person  in  charge  of  the  party,  and  the  memorandum  will 
be  detached  by  the  issuing  quartermaster  and  mailed  at  the 
close  of  the  day,  together  with  all  other  memorandum  trans- 
portation requests  and  bills  of  lading  issued  during  the  day, 
to  the  Depot   Quartermaster  charged  with  the  settlement  of 
accounts  of   the  carrier  concerned,   as   shown   in   paragraphs 
106  to   108  hereof.     Transportation   requests   are  payable   to 
the  initial  carrier. 

35.  The  stub  of  the  request,  containing  its  substance,  and 
showing  by  what  authority  and  for  what  purpose  issued,  will 
be  preserved  as  part  of  the  permanent  record  of  the  post  or 
office  from  which  the  issue  was  made. 

Receipting  requests  and  procuring  tickets 

36.  Requests    should    be   properly   receipted   by   the    party 
named  therein,  and  tickets  procured  before  commencing  the 
journey,   as   conductors   are   not,   in    all   cases,  authorized    to 
accept  transportation   requests.     In  those   instances   where   it 
becomes  necessary,  owing  to  unforseen  conditions,  to  obtain 
transportation  varying  from   that  called   for  on   the   face  of 
the   request,   a  notation   should  be  made  by  the   traveler,   in 
the  space  provided  for  this  purpose  on  the  back  of  the  request, 
showing  the   actual   transportation    furnished   and   explaining 
the  variation,   and  should  be   signed  by  him ;  in   such   cases, 
the  receipt  on  the  face  of  the  request  will  have  added  thereto 
the   words   "except   as   stated  on   back  hereof."     The  trans- 
portation furnished  must  not,  in  any  case,  be  in  excess  of  that 
called  for  on  the  face  of  the  request,  unless  the  difference  is 
collected  from  the  traveler.     In  no  case  will  a  receipt  be  given 
for  transportation  of  more  persons  or  extra  baggage  than  the 
request   calls    for.     A    receipt    for    transportation    furnished, 
including  signature  of  the  traveler,  will  be  filled  in  with  ink, 
and  names  and  places  will  be  written  in  full.     If  the  person 
receipting   cannot   write   his    name    he    will   make  his    mark, 
which  will  be  witnessed. 

No  change  to  be  made  in  body  of  request 

37.  No  portion   of   a  request  above   the  signature   of   the 
issuing  officer  will  be  changed  in  any  particular.     If  explana- 
tions  are   required,   they   will   be   made   on  the   back   of   the 
request.     (Paragraph  1119,  A.  R.   1913.) 

Unused  request  and  unused  tickets 

38.  All    unused   transportation   requests   will   be    returned 


12  Handbook  of  Transportation 

without  delay  to  the  officer  issuing  same  for  cancellation,  (see 
paragraph  18  hereof).  All  unused  tickets  or  parts  of  tickets 
procured  on  a  transportation  request  will  be  returned  to  the 
officer  who  issued  them,  and  by  him  forwarded  to  the  officer 
who  pays  the  account  for  the  service.  The  value  of  such 
tickets  or  parts  of  tickets  will  be  deducted 'from  any  money 
due  or  to  become  due  the  company  for  transportation  over 
whose  line  they  are  obtained.  On  the  collection  of  the  value 
of  such  unusued  tickets  they  will  be  returned  to  the  company 
by  which  they  were  issued.  (Paragraph  1120,  A.  R.  1913.) 

Round-trip  transportation 

39.  When  transportation  to  any  given  point  and  return  is 
required,    the    request    for    return    transportation    should    be 
obtained  at  the  destination,  provided  it  can  be  there  procured, 
except  in  cases  where  round-trip  tickets  can  be  obtained  at 
reduced  rates  and  made  available  for  the  journey;  otherwise 
the  quartermaster  will  issue  two  sets  of  requests,  one  to  the 
place  of  destination  and  the  other  for  return  transportation. 
(Paragraph  1121,  A.  R.  1913.) 

Requests  for  other  departments 

40.  Requests   for  travel  of   officers   or  employees   of  any 
Department   or   Bureau   of   the   Government,   other   than   the 
War   Department,   will   not   be   issued,   except   upon    specific 
authority  of  the  Quartermaster  General.     In  such  cases,  the 
original,  memorandum  and  stub  of  the  request  will  show  the 
Department  concerned   under   "Appropriation"    as    "Treasury 
Department"  and  will  also  be  indorsed  to  show  the  Bureau  by 
which  payable,  as :      "Payable  by  Public  Health  Service." 

Delay  enroute 

41.  When  delay  enroute  is  authorized  for  the  soldier's  own 
convenience,  the  excess  cost  of  transportation  will  be  charged 
against  and  collected  from  the  soldier. 

Circuitous  route 

42.  When,. under  orders  from  the  War  Department  involv- 
ing   stop-over    privileges    for    enlisted    men,    for    their    own 
convenience,  transportation  is  furnished  via  circuitous  route, 
or  when  the  cost  with  stop-over  via  direct  route  is  in  excess 
of  a  limited  ticket  via  direct  route,  the  excess  will  be  charged 
against   and  collected   from  the   enlisted  man  before   trans- 
portation is  issued. 

Collection  from  traveler 

43.  In  cases  such  as  those    referred  to  in  the  two  preced- 


Handbook  of  Transportation  13 

ing  paragraphs,  where  excess  cost  of  transportation  is  to  be 
collected  from  the  traveler,  this  collection  should  be  made 
before  the  transportation  request  is  issued.  A  proper  in- 
dorsement should  be  made  on  the  original  and  memorandum 
requests  and  the  amount  of  the  collection  remitted  to  the  offi- 
cer by  whom  the  transportation  request  is  to  be  settled. 

Travel  over  Canadian  roads 

44.  If  tickets  over  Canadian  routes  can  be  purchased  for 
individual    soldiers    on    furlough   or    similar    satus,    at   lower 
rates  than  by  other  lines,  they  may  be  furnished  over  such 
routes ;   such  travel  to  be  by  any  passenger   route  accessible 
to  the  general  public,  limited  to  unarmed  individual  soldiers, 
and  not  to  include  organized  forces  under  command.      (De- 
cision, Sec.  War,  letter  Feb.  9,  87—6649,  A.  G.  O.,  1886.) 

Requests   must  not   cover   public   property   or   checkable 
baggage 

45.  Quartermasters,  in  issuing  requests  for  transportation 
of  officers  and  others  traveling  under  orders,  will  not  include 
therein  public  property  of  any  tlescription,  nor  the  allowance 
of  personal  baggage  carried  free  by  the  various  transporta- 
tion lines.     (A.  R.  1125,  .1913.)     For  exceptions  to  this  rule, 
see  paragraphs  167  and  346  hereof. 

Lost  ticket 

46.  Where  the  passenger  has  lost  the  ticket  issued  on  a 
transportation   request,   no   refund  can   be   secured   from   the 
carrier,  nor  can  a  new  transportation  request  be  issued  for 
the  same  journey.     The  loss  must  fall  on  the  person  to  whom 
the  ticket  was  furnished.     (See  Comp.  Dec.  April  30,  1915). 

Officer  must  sign  request 

47.  A  request  for  transportation  issued  fro,m  the  office  of 
a  quartermaster  was  countersigned  in  the  name  of  the  quar- 
termaster sergeant  in  charge  of  the  office  in  his  absence,  the 
post  quartermaster  sergeant  adding  his   name:   Advised  that 
the  practice  be  discontinued  for  the  future.     (94-201,  J.  A.  G., 
Dec.   10,   1913). 

Duplicate  requests  must  not  be  issued 

48.  Duplicate   requests   for .  transportation   will   not   be   is- 
sued, nor   will   a  request  be   issued  after   the   transportation 
service  been  performed. 

Requests  lost  by  carriers 

49.  In    case   of    transportation    requests   being    lost   by    a 


14  Handbook  of  Transportation 

carrier  after  the  service  has  been  performed,  the  issuing 
officer  will  advise  the  agent  of  the  carrier  that  the  Auditor  of 
said  carrier  should  submit  to  the  disbursing  officer  who  settles 
the  accounts' of  his  road  and  affidavit  showing: 

Affidavit 

(a)     That  Request  No.  was  honored  for  passage 

of  between 

and 

(£)     That  ticket;  No.  ,  Form  No.  ,  was 

furnished  on  this  request. 

(c)     That  the  request  has  been  lost  or  mislaid. 

(d}  That  if  it  is  afterwards  found  it  will  be  surrendered 
to  the  proper  disbursing  officer  of  the  United  States  and 
no  claim  made  thereon. 

Upon  receipt  of  this  affidavit,  the  disbursing  officer  will 
take  the  proper  action  relative  to 'payment  of  the  account 
involved. 

Transportation  requests  should  always  be  on  hand 

50.  A  quartermaster,   or   acting  quartermaster,    should   at 
all  times  have  a  supply  of  the  standard  form  of  Government 
transportation  requests  in  his  possession.     For  use  of  parties 
that  may  be  sent  from  his  post  on  special  details,  eacR  post 
quartermaster   should  keep   in   stock   two   or   three   books   of 
request,    as    the    carriers    are    only    expected    to    honor    the 
memorandum   receipts  to  the  officer  in  charge  of  the  party. 
(See  paragraphs  20  and  21.) 

Action  in  case  of  no  transportation  request 

51.  If  the  officer  in  charge  of  the  party  has  failed  to  pro- 
vide for  a  supply  of  transportation   requests  he  may,  as  an 
emergency  measure  only,  issue  a  written  request  on  the  agent 
of   the   carrier   to    furnish    the   transportation    desired.      This 
can  be  done  where  the  agent  has  agreed  to  accept  such  written 
request,    as    the    carriers    are    only    expected    to    honor    the 
standard   form   of   request  and   the   agent   accepts   any   other 
form  at  his  personal   risk.     In   such   cases  the   requests  will 

be  numbered   "Certificate  — ,"  and  a  copy  will   be 

made    and    transmitted    to    the    proper    disbursing    officer,    as 
shown  in  paragraph  106,  with  explanation  as  to  reasons  for 
issuing  the  written  request. 

If  the  agent  will  not  honor  the  written  request,  the  officer 
in  charge  of  the  party  may  pay  for  the  transportation  from 
his  personal  funds  and  file  claim  for  reimbursement. 

If  neither  of  the  actions  outlined  above  can  be  taken,  the 


Handbook  of  Transportation  15 

only  other  alternative  is  for  the  officer  in  charge  of  the 
party  to  wire  his  post  commander  requesting  that  a  trans- 
portation request  be  issued  to  cover  the  desired  travel,  de- 
posited with  the  railroad  agent  at  the  post  and  that  official 
requested  to  wire  the  agent  at  the  station  from  which  the 
travel  is  to  be  performed  that  he  has  transportation  request 
to  cover  and  to  furnish  the  ticket. 

Mixed  class  transportation 

52.  Attention  is  invited  to  the   fact  that  first-class  trans- 
portation is  honored  in  coaches,  parlor  cars,  tourist  sleepers, 
or  standard  sleepers,  but  second-class  transportation  is  good 
only  in  coaches  or  tourist  sleepers,  and  can  not  be  used  .for 
travel  in   parlor    cars    or   standard    sleepers.      The    following 
rules  should,  therefore,  be  observed  in  issuing  transportation 
where  parlor  or  sleeping  car  accommodations  are  also  furn- 
ished : 

(a)  Where  standard  sleeper,  or  parlor  car  requests  are 
furnished  for  the  entire  journey,  issue  first-class  rail  trans- 
portation request; 

(6)  Where  standard  sleeper  request  is  furnished  for  a 
part  of  the  journey  and  tourist  for  the  balance,  issue  first- 
class  rail  transportation,  except  as  shown  in  (c)  ; 

(c)  Where  travel  is  from  points   in   the   states  of   Calif- 
ornia, Oregon  or  Washington,  to  points  east  of  Chicago,  St. 
Louis,  Memphis,  or  New  Orleans,  and  vice  versa,  and  tourist 
sleeper    request    is    furnished    west   of    these    gateways,    and 
standard  sleeper  car  request  east  thereof,  rail  request  should 
call  for  "mixed  class" ; 

(d)  Where  tourist   sleeping  car   request  is    furnished   for 
the  entire  journey,   rail   request  should  call   for  second  class 
transportation ; 

(e)  Where  tourist  sleeper  request  is  issued  for  a  part  of 
the  journey  and  the  balance  is  to  be  made  in  a  coach,  issue 
second-class  rail  transportation  ; 

(/)  Where  the  entire  journey  is  to  be  made  in  a  coach, 
issue  second  class  rail  request. 

BILLS  OF  LADING 

Government  bill  of  lading  to  be  used 

53.  Public  property,  or  other  property  transported  at  public 
expense,    will    be    transported    on    the    prescribed    form    of 
Government    bill    of    lading.     This    bill    of    lading   has    three 
parts;  the  original  (QMC  Form  153),  the  memorandum  (QMC 
Form  154),  and  the  shipping  order  (QMC  Form  156).   There 


16  Handbook  of  Transportation 

is  ^also  an  additional  sheet  to  the  original,  memorandum  or 
shipping  order  when  the  shipment  is  so  extensive  as  to  re- 
quire more  than  one  sheet. 

Supply 

54.  These   forms  will  be  secured  on  semi-annual   requisi- 
tions  from  the   Quartermaster   General   of   the  Army  in  the 
same  manner  as  other  blank  forms. 

•» 

Invoices 

55.  Property  for  shipment  will  be  turned  over  on  invoices 
(Q.M.C.  Form  201)    in  triplicate,  one  copy  of  which  will  be 
receipted   by  the   quartermaster  and   returned   to   the  person 
making  the  shipment,  one  copy  forwarded  with  the  Property 
Received  copy  of  memorandum  bill  of  lading   (Q.M.C.  Form 
154). 

Similarly  property  for  storage  will  be  turned  over  on  in- 
voice (Q.M.C.  Form  201),  and  receipted  copy  of  invoice  will 
be  given  to  the  person  requesting  storage.  The  other  two 
copies  of  the  invoices  will  be  retained  by  the  quartermaster 
for  use,  as  indicated  above,  in  case  he  subsequently  ships 
the  property. 

Shipping  and  storage  invoices  will  show  whether  the 
property  being  turned  over  is  for  shipment  or  for  storage, 
and  will  give  the  following  information: 

(a)  Name  and  place  of  person  turning  over  the  property. 

(b)  Designation  of  quartermaster  to  make  shipment  or  to 
store. 

(r)     To  whom  and  where  property  is  to  be  delivered. 

(d)  Physical  and  shipping  numbers  each  of  boxes,  chests, 
crates,  barrels  and  bundles. 

(e)  Weights  of  boxes,  chests,  etc.,  as  grouped  on  invoice 
and  total  weight. 

(/)  Cubic  contents  of  boxes,  chests,  etc.,  as  grouped  on 
the  invoice  and  total  cubic  contents  for  oversea  shipments 
only. 

(</)  Authority  for  making  the  shipment  or  storage  will 
be  indicated  on  invoice. 

(/O  If  property  is  for  storage,  invoice  will  be  altered  to 
show  that  fact. 

('»)  Shipping  invoices  for  change  of  station  allowance  of 
baggage  must  be  accompanied  by  certificates  on  Q.M.C.  Form 
468,  and,  if  authorized  mounts  are  shipped,  certificates  on 
Q.M.C.  Form  470. 

(;)  Property  listed  on  shipping  invoices  must  be  listed  as 
indicated  in  par,  184.  Change  of  station  allowance  of  bag- 


Hanclbook  of  Transportation  17 

gage  goes  under  the  classification  "Household  Goods"  but 
professional  books  and  papers,  and  automobiles  must  be 
listed  separately  and  have  weights  (and  cubic  contents  for 
oversea  shipments)  shown  separately.  Authorized  private 
mounts  must  also  be  listed  separately. 

Issuance  and  number  of  copies 

56.  The  property  being  ready    for   shipment   the   quarter- 
master   issues    the    bill    of    lading.      One    copy    each    of    the 
original  and  shipping  order  and  three  copies  of  the  memor- 
andum will   be  used,   and  these,  five  copies   should  be   made 
simultaneously  by  the  use  of  carbon  paper.     One  of  the  three 
memorandum    copies    will    be    plainly    stamped    or    indorsed 
"Property    received    copy,"    and    another    "Property    shipped 
copy."      The    shipping    order   will    be    signed    by    the    officer 
making  the  shipment. 

Bills  of  lading  must  show  name  of  issuing  office 

57.  Hereafter   in   issuing  Government   bills   of   lading   the 
name  as  well  as  the  official  designation  of  the  issuing  officer 
or  agent  will  be  stated  on  the  forms   (Q.M.C  Nos.  153,  154, 
and  156)  in  the  space  provided  for  "Consignor",  and  the  prac- 

"  tice  of  stating  only  the  official  designation,  heretofore  ob- 
taining in  many  instances,  will  be  discontinued.  Circ.  3, 
Q.M.G.O.,  1916) 

Numbering 

58.  The  bills  of  lading  as  issued  will  be  identified  by  serial 
numbers  beginning  with  each  fiscal  year. 

Disposition  of  copies 

59.  Three    copies,    original,    unstamped    memorandum    and 
shipping  order  (but  not  the  "Property  received"  and  "Property 
shipped"  copies)    should   accompany   the   shipment   when   de- 
livered to  the  carrier. 

Shipping  order 

60.  The  agent  of  the  carrier  will  retain  the  shipping  order, 
receipt   the    original   and   memorandum,    and    return    them    to 
the  shipping  officer. 

Explanation  of  terms,  consignee  and  consignor 

61.  The   consignor   is   the   officer   who   issues   the    original 
bill   of   lading.     The   consignee,   as   the   word  is   used   herein 
and,  in  general,   as  understood  by  transportation  companies, 
is  the  person  to  whom  the  last  carrier  turns  over  the  ship- 


19  HandTbook  of  Transportation 

ment,  and,  therefore,  is  not  necessarily  the  person  for  whom 
the  property  shipped  is  intended. 

Original 

62.  The  original  bill  of  lading  when  receipted  by  the  agent 
of  the  receiving  carrier  and   returned   to   the   consignor  will 
be    mailed    by    him    to    the    consignee,    or    quartermaster    in 
whose  care  the  property  is  shipped. 

Accomplishment.    Notation  of  loss 

63.  The  consignee,  upon  receipt  of  the  shipment,  will  ac- 
complish and  surrender  the  bill  of  lading  to  the  carrier  who 
makes  the  delivery,  being  particular  to  note  on   the   reverse 
side  of  the  bill  of  lading  any  loss  or  damage  that  may  exist. 
This   bill   of   lading  then   becomes   the   evidence   upon   which 
settlement  for  the  service  will  be  made. 

Receipt  by  other  than  consignee 

64.  In  the  absence  of  the  consignee,  or  on  his  failure  to 
receipt,  the  person  receipting  will  certify  that  he  is  duly  au- 
thorized to   do   so,   reciting  such   authority. 

Show  carrier  from  whom  received 

65.  Where  there  is  more  than  one  carrier  at  the  point  of 
destination,  the  receiving   officer  should   see   that  his   certifi- 
cate of  receipt  shown  the  carrier  from   whom  property  was 
actually  received. 

Memorandum 

66.  The  unstamped  memorandum   copy,   together  with  all 
other  memorandum  bills   of   lading  and  memorandum  trans- 
portation  requests    issued    during   the    day   will   be    listed    on 
letter  of  transmittal    (Q.M.C.  Form  169),  and  mailed  to  the 
Depot  Quartermaster  charged  with  the  settlement  of  accounts 
of  the  carrier  concerned,  as  shown  in  paragraphs  103  to  108. 
Bills  of  lading  are  payable  to  the  last  carrier. 

Property  received  copy 

67.  The  memorandum  marked  "Property  received  copy"  will 
be    mailed    to    the    consignee,    as    soon    as    prepared,    in    an 
envelope    separate    from   that   in    which    the    original   bill    of 
lading  is  mailed.    Upon  receipt  of  this  copy  in  the  consignee's 
office,  it  will  be  filed  as  a  record  of  property  received. 

Receipts  for  property 

68.  Proper  receipts    (Q.M.C.   Form  )    will  be  ob- 
tained by   the   receiving   quartermaster    from    the   person   to 


Handbook  of  Transportation  19 

whom  the  property  shown  on  each  bill  of  lading  is  shipped, 
and  will  be  attached  to  and  made  a  part  of  this  property 
received  copy. 

Show  full  history 

69.  Proper  care  should  be  taken  by  the  quartermasters  re- 
ceiving property   that   "Property  received"  copies  of  bills   of 
lading  and  receipts  for  property  shown  thereon  are  carefully 
filled,  and  that  all  notations  as  to  shortage,  damage,  or  other 
unusual    condition,    are    entered    on    the    "Property   received" 
copy,  in  order  to  afford  ready  reference  to  same  in  connection 
with  inquiries  that  may  be  made  on  his  office  for  information 
in  regard  thereto. 

Property  shipped  copy 

70.  The    memorandum    marked    "Property    shipped    copy" 
will   be  retained  by  the  consignor  as  an  office  file,   and  will 
take  the  place  of  a  press  copy  of  the  bill  of  lading. 

Through  bills  of  lading  to  be 

71.  Through  bills  of  lading  will  be  issued  in  all  instances 
between    initial    and    ultimate    points    of    shipment    including 
those  for  service  over  bond-aide  and  land-grant  lines,  except 
where  specific  instructions  to  the  contrary  have  been  given. 

Description   of  articles 

72.  A    bill    of    lading    should    describe    the    articles    to    be 
shipped  by   their   commercial    names,   giving   separately   such 
weights,  dimensions1  or  values,  and  manner  of  packing,  as  may 
be  necessary  to  ascertain  classification  and  rates  and  to  enable 
recovery  on  loss. 

Classification 

73.  As  instances  illustrating  the  use  of  commercial  names : 
"Canvas    clothing,"    should    be   billed   as    "duck   trousers"    or 
"duck    clothing" ;    "undershirts"    which    should    be    billed    as 
"cotton  undershirts"  or  "merino  undershirts",  as  the  case  may 
be,   instead   of   "undershirts".     The   same   method    should   be 
applied  in  the  shipment  of  all  quartermaster  or  other  property 
shipped  by  the  Quartermaster  Corps  on  Government  bill  of 
lading,  in  order  that  the  benefit  of  the  lowest*  commercial  rate 
of  transportation  may  be  obtained.     The  term  "Merchandise" 
should  never  be  used,  as  the  carrier  will  assess  double  first- 
class  freight  rates  on  a  box  of  "merchandise." 


20 


Handbook  of  Transportation 


Classification  of  ordnance  store 

74.  The  following  instruction  s  concerning  the  descrip- 
tion certain  ordnance  stores  must  be  observed  in  the  prepara- 
tion of  bills  of  lading: 


Names   By  Which  Articles 

Are  Known  to  Ordnance 

Department 


Names   By  Which  Articles 

Should  Be  Described  On 

Bills  Of  Lading 


Cartridges,    metallic,    loaded, 
(Small-arms    ammunition). 


Cartridges,  ball  loaded 

guard 
gallery 
revolver 
sub-caliber 
carbine 

"  reduced  range 

rifle   ball  . 
dummy 

Cartridges,  blank,  rifle  (and 
revolver) 

Cartridges,  shells,  empty,  be- 
ing the  shells  of  cartridges 
enumerated  above  that 
have  been  fired  and  are 
being  returned  to  Frank- 
ford  Arsenal  for  reloading. 

Cartridge  shells,  empty,  as 
above  when  useless  and 
being  returned  as  scra\p  in 
carload  lots  only. 

Cases,  brass  or  metallic ;   for  ~j 

guns.     (Not   small-arms)    (Cartridge     cases     for     ordn- 
empty,  returned  for  reload-   |       ance ;  empty. 
ing.  ) 

Cases,    as    above,    when    use-  1  $craD  iDrass 
less  and  returned  as  scrap.  / 

Cartridge   clips,    empty    (use-  j  • 

less) 

Powder  barrels  and  kegs.  Empty  kegs,  powder    (iron). 

Powder     barrels     and     kegs  ")  Empty  kegs,  powder    (iron)  ; 
when   returned.  )      returned. 


Blank      cartridges.       (Small- 
arms-ammunition). 


Cartridge  shells  for  small- 
arms,  Metallic,  empty,  re- 
turned. 


Junk-scrap  brass. 


Handbook  of  Transportation 


21 


Names    By    Which    Articles 

Are  Known   to   Ordnance 

Department — Continued. 

Bullets. 

Rifles. 

Revolvers. 

Sub-caliber  outfits. 

Percussion  caps. 

Primers    (all  kinds). 


Fixed  ammunition  (being 
ammunition  assembled  and 
ready  for  instant  use ;  only 
for  guns  using  projectiles 
weighing,  one  pound  or 
more). 


Names   By  Which    Articles    Should 

Be   Described  On  Bills  Of 

Lading — Continued. 

Bullets. 

Fire  arms    (rifles). 
Fire  arms   (revolvers). 
Sub-caliber   shells,   brass. 
Percussion  caps. 
Primers    (naming  kind). 

"Fixed  ammunition  (for 
cannon-explosive  p  r  o  j  e  c- 
tiles)"  or  "Fixed  ammuni- 
tion ( for  cannon-e  m  p  t  y 
projectiles)"  according  to 
whether  projectiles  do  or 
do  not  contain  a  bursting 
charge. 

Shrapnel;  empty    (containing  |  Projectil          cast     iron      un_ 

neither   a   projectile   nor   a   >-      loaded 

bursting  charge).  J 

Shrapnel    (when  loaded  with  )   Fixed    ammunition    (for 

bursting   charge    with   fuse  r      cannon-explosive  projec- 

on  either  base  or  point).       )      tiles). 

}  Fuses      (naming     kind)      as 
"detonating",     "percussion", 
"time    or   combination",    or 
"combination",   or  "safety". 
i^cLUiiauuia. 

Note:  A  dummy  cartridge  consists  of  a  shell  and  steel 
bullet  assembled,  and  contain  no  explosives.  Such  cartridges 
are  not  specifically  named  in  the  Western  classification,  and 
are  included  in  the  above  list  with  "cartridge,  metallic, 
loaded,"  that  being  the  nearest  analogous  term  used  in  the 
Western  Classification.  (Q.M.G.O.  195867— Nov.  28,  1908 
and  March  22,  1910). 

Car  numbers  to  be  shown 

75.  A  bill  of  lading  covering  the  shipment  of  property  in 
carload  lots  will  have  noted  thereon  the  initials  and  numbers 
of  cars  in  which  the  property  is  loaded. 

Contract  rates 

76.  When   a   shipment  is  made   under  contract  or  special 
rates,  notation  of  such  fact  will  be  made  on  the  face  of  the 
bill  of  lading. 


22  Handbook  of  Transportation 

Over-sea  shipments 

77.  Bills    of    lading    covering    shipments    to    Alaska,    the 
Panama    Canal    Zone,    Porto    Rico,    Hawaiian    Islands,    or 
Philippine  Islands  must  show  consignee  and  final  destination 
in  these  possessions  and  value  of  the  entire  shipment,  except 
that  the  value  of  household  goods  shipped  at  a  limited  valu- 
ation or  the  value  of  the  property  handled  with  troops  should 
not  be  indicated  on  bill  of  lading.     The  cubic  measurement 
in   cubic   feet  must   also   be   shown   on   all    shipments   except 
those    forwarded    for    reshipment    from    New    York    City    to 
Hawaii.     Value  may  be  shown  in  one  amount  for  the  entire 
shipment ;  but  measurements  should  be  in  detail,  not  showing 
the  three  dimensions   (except  of  some  extraordinary  pieces), 
but  the  number  of  cubic  feet,  or  decimals  thereof,  for  each 
item.     Bills  of  lading  must  not  be  issued  through,- but  to  port 
of    embarkation,    in    care    of    the    depot  quartermaster,    and 
mailed  to  him.     For  names  of  ports  of  embarkation  and  other 
information    as    to   marking   and    shipment,    see    Circular    16, 
O.Q.M.G.,  1915. 

Shipments  of  bread 

78.  Bills   of  lading  issued   for  the   shipment  of  bread  by 
express   will    show   both   the   gross    weight    of   package    and 
net  weight  of  bread  which  it  contains  and  package  will  be 
marked  accordingly.     This  data  to  enable  settlement  of   ex- 
press charges  at  net  weight  as  authorized  by  Official  Express 
Classification    No.    22,    page    15,    item   9,    which   provides   as 
follows : 

The  billing  weight  of  a  shipment  of  bread  must  be  ascer- 
tained by  deducting  from  the  actual  gross  weight  at  time  of 
shipment  the  weight  of  the  basket,  box,  or  barrel  in  which 
shipped,  which  weight  must  be  marked  on  the  package  by  the 
shipper.  If  not  so  marked,  charges  must  be  made  upon  the 
gross  weight,  except  that  if  shippers  declare  the  net  weight 
at  time  of  shipment,  charges  must  be  made  upon  net  weight. 
Agents  must  verify  the  tare  marked  on  the  package  by 
weighing  periodically  the  empty  packages.  (Circular  6, 
O.Q.M.G.,  1914). 

Erasures,  etc. 

79.  Erasures,    interlineations    or   alterations   in    a    bill    of 
lading   will   be   authenticated    and    explained   by   the    person 
making  them,  preferably  on  the  margin. 


Handbook  of  Transportation  23 

Payment  of  bill  of  lading 

80.  Payment    for   trasportation    will   be   made   to    the   last 
carrier,  unless  other  provided  in  the  bill  of  lading,  and  only 
for   the    quantity   of    stores    delivered    at    destination,    except 
that  in  case  of  loss. of  weight  from  natural  shrinkage  enroute 
the   weight   shipped   as   shown   in   the   bill   of   lading  will  be 
paid   for,   provided   the  packages   are   delivered   intact.      The 
payee   will    be    held    responsible    for    all    loss    or   damage    to 
stores  while  in  transit  unless  released  by  a  surveying  officer, 
and  such  loss  or  damage  will  be  deducted  in  making  settle- 
ment for  service.     A  bill  of  lading  will  be  made  payable  by 
the   depot   quartermaster   by  whom  the   accounts   of   the  last 
carrier  are  settled,  as  shown  in  paragraphs  106  to  108. 

Shipped  by  Government  conveyance 

81.  A  bill  of  lading  issued  for  supplies  to  be  forwarded  by 
conveyance  owned  or  leased  by  the  Government  should  show 
that  no  payment  is  to  be  made  for  the  service. 

Loss  or  damage 

82.  For  information  as  to  action  to  be  taken  in  case  of 
loss   or   damage   to   shipments   covered  by   Government   bills 

No  duplicate  bills  of  lading  should  be  issued 

83.  In  no  case  will  a  second  bill  of  lading  be  issued  for 
any  shipment,  nor  will  a  bill  of   lading  be  issued  after  the 
transportation  has  been  performed. 

Loss  of  bills  of  lading 

84.  In  case  the  bill  of  lading  has  been  lost  or  destroyed 
the  carrier  will  furnish  with  its  freight  account,  to  the  officer 
charged  with  the  settlement  of  the  accounts,  a  certificate,  in 
duplicate    (Q.M.C.   Form   178),   certifying  over  the  signature 
of  the  proper  officer  of  the  carrier,  usually  the  Auditor,  the 
weight   and    description   of   the   property   transported,   giving 
number,  date,  and  place  of  issue  of  the  bill  of  lading  there- 
for, and  that  said  bill  of  lading  is  not  in  possession  of  the 
carrier,  or  cannot  be  located,  and  that  if  same  should  later 
be  found  it  will  be  surrendered  at  once  to  the  proper  officer 
of  the  United  States  and  no  claim  made  thereon. 

Certificate  of  shipment 

85.  On  receipt  of  such  certificate  of  loss  of  bill  of  lading 
from  the  carrier,   the  officer  settling  the  account  will,   if  his 
records  show  that  payment  of  the  transportation  charges  have 
not  been  made,  forward  papers  to  the  Quartermaster  General 


24  Handbook  of  Transportation 

x 

of  the  Army  enclosing  two  copies,  in  blank,  of  certificate  of 
shipment  Q.M.C  Form  179).  If  the  records  in  the  Office 
of  the  Quartermaster  General  indicate  that  payment  of  the 
bill  of  lading  in  question  has  not  been  made,  papers  will  be 
transmitted  to  the  office  issuing  the  bill  of  lading  with  re- 
quest that  certificate  of  shipment  be  made,  and  the  papers 
forwarded  to  the  receiving  office  for  completion  of  certificate 
to  show  delivery;  the  latter  office,  when  this  action  has  been 
taken,  will  return  papers  to  the  disbursing  officer  with  whom 
the  correspondence  originated,  and  settlement  will  be  made  on 
the  certificates  of  loss  of  bill  of  lading  and  certificates  of 
shipment,  in  lieu  of  the  original  bill  of  lading.  Should  the 
original  bill  of  lading  be  afterwards  located  it  will  be  for- 
warded to  the  disbursing  officer  concerned  who  will  make 
the  proper  record  and  transmit  the  original  bill  of  lading  to 
the  Auditor  for  the  War  Department  for  file  with  the  original 
voucher. 

Payment  of  account  where  bill  of  lading  is  lost 

86.  Payment  in  case  of  loss   of  a  bill   of  lading  will  be 
promptly  reported  to  the  Quartermaster  General  by  the  dis- 
bursing officer,    who    will    give   a   description   of   the   bill    of 
lading,  if  practicable,  and  of  the  certificate  and  voucher  on 
which  payment  was  made. 

Temporary  receipt  to  carrier 

87.  To  insure  the  prompt  delivery  of  property,  in  the  ab- 
sence   of    the    bill    of    lading,    the    consignee    may    give    the 
carrier  a   receipt   for  the  property  actually  delivered,   which 
will  state  that  it  is  given  because  the  bill  of  lading  has  not 
come  to   hand.     On   the   recovery  of   the  bill   of   lading,   or 
when  the  certificate  provided  for  in  paragraph  85   has   been 
given,  a  statement  will  be  indorsed  on  said  bill  of  lading  or 
certificate  of  the  fact  of  the  delivery  as  per  said  temporary 
receipt,    and    the    temporary    receipt    will    be    indorsed    with 
reference  to  the  bill  of  lading  or  certificate  sufficient  to  identify 
the  same,  and  both  papers  attached  and  forwarded  with  the 
claim  for  payment  thereon. 

Property   for  other  departments 

88     Where  property  of  other  branches  of  the  Government 
is  turned  over  to  quartermasters  for  shipment,  as  shown  in 


Handbook  of  Transportation  25 

paragraph  378,  separate  bills  of  lading  will  be  issued  for 
property  of  each  Department  or  Bureau,  and  the  same  pro- 
cedure taken  as  in  the  case  of  Quartermaster  shipments,  ex- 
cept that  no  "Property  received"  copy  will  be  made.  In  ad- 
dition ;  the  bills  of  lading  must  be  plainly  endorsed  to  show 
the  Department ;  and  where  possible,  the  Bureau,  by  whom 
the  charges  are  to  be  paid,  as :  "Payable  by  Indian  Bureau, 
Interior  Department ;"  or,  "Payable  by  Coast  Guard,  Treasury 
Department,"  etc. 

Bill  of  lading  must  show  exact  facts 

89.  Bills   of   lading  should   show  the   exact   facts.     If  the 
delivery  was  made  on  October  27,  the  bill  of  lading  should 
show  that   fact  with  the  actual  condition  as   revealed  at  the 
time,  the  exact  or  full  nature  of  the  loss  or  damage  if  not 
then  known  to  be  furnished  the  company  thereafter  as  soon 
as  possible.     If  for  any  reason  the  bill  of  lading  is  not  de- 
livered to  the. carrier  upon  receipt  of  shipment,  a  receipt  for 
the  goods    actually   received   should   be   given   to   the   carrier 
and  the  bill  of  lading  when  delivered  should  show  the  date 
of  its  delivery  as  well  as  the  date  of  delivery  of  shipment, 
and   any   other   facts   pertinent   thereto,    so   as   to    furnish   a 
corrct    statement   of   the    transaction    with    no   fictitious    pre- 
sumptions to  be  corrected  later  by  outside  evidence.    (Compt. 
Dec.  Apr.  27,  1915.) 

Action  in  case  of  no  Government  bill  of  lading 

90.  A   quartermaster,    or   acting   quartermaster,    should   at 
all  times  have  a  supply  of  the  standard  form  of  Government 
bill  of  lading  in  his  possession.     If,  however,  a  quartermaster, 
or  acting  quartermaster,  is  without  Government  bills  of  lading- 
he  may,  as  an  emergency  measure  only,  make  a  shipment  on 
the    regular   commercial   bill    of    lading,    noting   thereon   that 
the  shipment  is  for  the  Government,  taking  the  same  number 
of    copies,    and    disposing    of    them,    as    prescribed    for    the 
Government  bill  of  lading,  and  advising  the  receiving  quarter- 
master and  also   the  disbursing  officer  by  whom   the   trans- 
portation account  will  be  settled  of  his  action  and  the  reason 
therefor    in    full.      The    consignee    will,    on    receipt    of    the 
property,    attach    to    the    commercial    bill    of    lading    a    con- 
signee's certificate  of  delivery  in  the  same  form  as  shown  on 
the  original  Government  bill  of  lading. 


26  Handbook  of  Transportation 

DIMENSIONS  AND   CAPACITY  OF  RAILROAD 

CARS 

91.  Passenger  Cars 


Seating  capacity   (maximum)    at 

Day 

Standard 

Tourist 

2  persons  to  each  double  seat 

Coach 

Sleeper 

Sleeper 

Seating  capacity  at  3  person  to 

60 

56 

48 

every  2  double  seats 

70 

64 

64 

Sleeping  capacity  (maximum)  at 

45 

42 

36 

2  person  per  berth 

48 

48 

48 

Sleeping   capacity   at    3    persons 

56 

48 

per  section 

64 

64 

Sleeping  capacity  at  one  person 

42  to  48 

36  to  48 

per  berth 

28  to  32 

24  to  32 

Number  of  sections 

14  to  16 

12  to  16 

Length  in  feet 

65  to  75 

65  to  80 

65  to  75 

92.  Baggage  and  Freight  Cars 

Flat  Ordin- 

Baggage    Box    and         Refrig-  Palace 

Gon-       erator     Stock     ctOMr 
dola 

Average    freight    or    baggage 

in  tons  30            30        30                20                           25 
Average     capacity     in     cubic 

feet  4000       2400                      2000                      2200 

Number     of    animals,     horses  18                                     16                 20 

or   mules,   accommodated  20                                   20                24 

Length        in        feet,        inside  65            34        34                 32    40                30 

measurement  75            40        40                 36    48                40 
Width        in        feet,        inside 

measurement  8^/2        8*/2            &l/2     8l/2 
Height        in        feet,        inside 

measurement  6  to  8                     6  to  7     7*/2 


Trackage 

93.  In  calculating  trackage,  use  the  figures  in  above  table 
giving  lengths  of  the  different  cars,  adding  thereto  4  feet  per 
car  for  oversills  and  cooplers,  and  allowing  70  feet  for  loco- 
motive and  tender. 


Handbook  of  Transportation  27 

Steel  cars 

94.  The  dimensions  before  stated  cover  the  ordinary  cars 
usually    furnished.      Steel    coaches,    some    of    which    have    a 
length  of  70  feet  and  over  and  a  maximum  seating  capacity 
of  86,  are  in  use  to  a  limited  extent.     Steel  flat  cars  of  lengths 
up  to  42  feet  and  widths   to  9  feet  are  also  in  limited  use. 
Box  cars  with  steel  underframes  are,   in   some  instances,  as 
long  as  40  feet,  and  a  few  special  box  cars,  such  as  furniture 
and  automombile  cars,  are  from  40  to  50  feet  in  length. 

Automobile  cars 

95.  The  automobile  car  is  a  box  car,  but  has  larger  side 
doors    (varying  from  7  x  iy2   to   12  x  8^2)    to  facilitate  the 
loading  of   automobiles   or  other  vehicles.     They  vary   from 
36  to  40  feet  in  length  and  have  a  capacity  of  60,000  pounds 
and  2400  to  3000  cubic  feet.     These  cars  usually  have  large 

•  end  doors  also. 

Side   doors 

96.  The  side  doors  on  the  older  box-cars  are  5^2  feet  wide 
by  6^4  feet  high,  but  in  the  newer  cars  the  size  of  the  door- 
ways has  been  increased  to  6  x  7y2  feet, 

Arms  palace  horse  cars 

97.  Some   of   the   Arms   palace   horse-cars   are   cross-wise 
stalled;  others  are  length-wise  stalled;  each  kind  is  provided 
with  water  tanks,  and  with  feed  mangers  for  hay  and  grain. 
The  cross-wise  stalled  car,  series  30  to  2500,  is  the  best ;  this 
car  is  48  feet  long  inside,  has  18  stall  with  room  in  center 
aisle  for  1  or  2  extra  animals,  and  has  a  small  door  at  either 
car  end  through  which  attendants  can  enter  or  get  out  at  any 
time,  the  manger  serving  as  a  passage  way.     The  length-wise 
stalled  car  is  44  feet  long  inside,  has  16  stalls,  and  is  divided 
into  two  compartments  with  doorway  allowing  free  passage 
from  one  compartment  to  the  other.     There  is  also  a  stalless 
Arms  car  accommodating  24  to  28  horses.     No  water  tanks, 
feed  mangers   nor   fixtures   of   any  kind,    aside    from   sliding 
gates  for  dividing  each  car  into  three  compartments,  are  pro- 
vided in  the  stalless  car  except  that  some  of  the  cars  have 
improvised  feed  racks  overhead. 

Sleeping  cars 

98.  The   standard   sleeper   usually   provided   has    12   to   14 
sections,  and  in  addition  a  drawing  room ;  the  drawing  room 
has  one  full  section,  one  single  lower  berth  and  a  toilet  annex. 
The  sleepers  having  16  sections  are  without  a  drawing  room. 


28  Handbook  of  Transportation 

Anothr  type  of  standard  sleeper  is  divided  into  compartments, 
either  10  or  12,  each  having  one  full  section  and  toilet  con- 
veniences. The  tourist  sleeper  has  either  14  to  16  sections. 

Kitchen  cars 

99.  The   dimensions  and  cooking   capacity  of  the  kitchen 
tourist  car  are  given  in  paragraph  146 ;  and  a  method  for  in- 
stalling an  emergency  kitchen  equipment,  when  kitchen  cars 
are  not  available,  is  described  in  paragraphs  154  to  167. 

Number  of  tourist  and  kitchen  cars  in  service 

100.  There  are  790  tourist  cars  and  14  kitchen  tourist  cars 
in   service  in  the   United   States.     Of   the   former  about   385 
are  used   for   extra  travel  and   could  be'  furnished   on   short 
notice  for  transportation  of  troops.     These  cars  are  held  at 
various  stations  from  which  they  can  be  used,  or  moved  into 
position  for  prospective   service,  their  location   depending  al- 
together upon  conditions  of  travel  at  the  various  seasons  of* 
the  year.     When   transcontinental   colonist   movements   occur 
in  the  spring  and  fall,  about  200  of  these  cars  are  operated  to 
California    over    the    various    roads.      The    localities    where 
tourist  cars  are  usually  kept  when  not  in  use  are  as  follows : 

I 

San  Francisco  and  vicinity 
Chicago  and  vicinity 
Denver  and  vicinity 

Texas    (Dallas,  Fort  Worth,  and  Houston) 
St.  Louis — Kansas  City  and  vicinity 
Southeastern  points    (Principally  Atlanta) 
New  York — Buffalo  and  vicinity,  and 
Washington  and  vicinity. 

The  kitchen  cars  are  generally  available  at  Chicago,  St. 
Louis,  San  Francisco,  Denver,  Houston,  Atlanta  and  Wash- 
ington. 

The  location  of  the  tourist  cars  is  constantly  changing  with 
the  requirements  of  travel.  Before  arranging  for  any  move- 
ment of  troops  sufficient  advance  notice  should  be  given  ^  in 
which  to  move  cars  into  position  as  the  assignment  above  in- 
dicated is  only  approximate,  and  therefore  cannot  be  depended 
upon  with  any  degree  of  accuracy. 

In  addition  to  the  tourist  cars  there  are  about  400  emer- 
gency standard  cars,  with  average  capacity  of  about  thirteen 
sections,  which  could  be  temporarily  converted  into  tourist 
cars  to  meet  any  emergency  that  might  arise  in  case  all  the 
regular  tourist  cars  were  in  use  or  could  not  be  made  avail- 
able for  transportation  of  troops. 


Handbook  of  Transportation  29 

Loads  for  ordinary  cars 

101.  For  heavy  freight,  25  tons  is  an  average  load  for  a 
freight  car;  and  for  light  freight,  ordinarily  12  to  15  tons; 
but  of  household  goods,  an  average  of  about  10  tons.  13,000 
pounds  of  timothy  hay,  as  commercially  baled,  will  fill  a  small 
freight  car  (34'  x  8'  x  8').  30  tons  is  a  good  car  load  of 
ordinary  merchandise  and  40  tons  is  about  the  maximum, 
except  for  special  cars.  Freight  cars  should  be  loaded  to 
their  full  capacity,  as  inscribed  upon  them. 

Number  of  rations  to  an  ordinary  36  ft.  box  car 

Kind  of  ration          Gross  weight  of  ration  Number  that  can 

be  loaded  in 

each  car. 
Forage 

Oats 

Horse                                        12  3,333 

Mule                                           9  4,444 

Hay 

Horse                                      14  1,571 

Mule                                          14  1,571 

Barley 

Horse                                        12  3,333 

Mule                                           9  4,444 

Corn 

Horse                                        12  3,333 

Mule                                         9  4,444 

Bran 

Horse                                        12  2,500 

Mule                                          9  3,333 

Subsistence 

Garrison  4.9  8,226 

Travel  4.1  9,818 

Field  3.0  13,428 

Reserve  2.0  20,142 

TRANSPORTATION  REPORTS  AND 
STATEMENTS 

Transportation   of  memo,  bills   of  lading   and  copies   of 
transportation  requests 

103.  Every  officer  issuing  transportation  requests  or  bills 
of  lading  will  transmit  daily  to  the  officer,  designated  to  settle 


30  Handbook  of  Transportation 

the  accounts  of  the  particular  road  involved,  as  shown  in 
paragraph  106,  all  memorandum  bills  of  lading  and  copies 
of  all  requests  for  transportation  by  rail,  commercial  vessel, 
parlor  or  sleeping  cars  issued  during  the  day.  These  will  be 
accompanied  by  a  letter  of  transmittal  (Q.M.C.  Form  169) 
on  which  will  be  shown  the  serial  number  of  each  memoran- 
dum bill  of  lading  or  transportation  requests  so  transmitted. 

If  in  doubt  as  to  proper  disbursing  officer 

104.  If  an  officer  issuing  a  bill  of   lading,  transportation, 
sleeping  car,  or  parlor  car  request  is  in  doubt  as  to  the  office 
which    should    settle   the    transportation    charges    thereon,    he 
will  send  the  memorandum  bill   of  lading  or  copy  of   trans- 
portation request  to  the  Quartermaster  General  by  letter  of 
transmittal,  in  which,  in  addition  to  the  data  specified  in  para- 
graph 103  hereof,  will  be  given  the  reason  for  his  action.    The 
office  of  the  Quartermaster  General  will  forward  them  to  the 
office  designated  to  settle  the  accounts  of   the   carriers  con- 
cerned. 

Monthly  report  of  bills  of  lading  and  transportation  re- 
quests issued 

105.  Every  officer  who  issues  bills  of  lading  or  transporta- 
tion   requests    will    keep    a    monthly    report    of    such    issues 
(Q.M.C  Form  151).     This  form  must  be  kept  up  currently 
and  with  this  end  in  view  proper  entry  will  be  made  upon 
form    151    immediately   upon   issuance   of   bills   of   lading   or 
transportation  requests.     If  transportation  charges  are  to  be 
paid  by  some  other  Department  or  Bureau  of  the  Government, 
the  name  of  such  Department  or  Bureau  will  be  entered  in 
the  column  headed  "Remarks."     This  report  must  not  include 
bills  of  lading  and  transportation  requests  issued  during  dif- 
ferent months,  but  a  separate  report  must  be  made  for  each 
and  every  month.     Report  of  bills  of  lading  and  transporta- 
tion requests  issued   (Q.M.C.  Form  151)   will  be  mailed  im- 
mediately after  the  close  of  each  month  direct  to  the  Quarter- 
master General. 

Offices  settling  transportation  accounts 

106.  Transportation  accounts  will  be  settled  at  offices  named 
below  for  the  respective  transportation  lines  given  under  each 
office,  namely: 

(a)     Depot  Quartermaster,  Boston,  Mass. : 

Accounts   for  transportation   of   headstones   for  soldiers' 
graves  (see  paragraph  107). 


Handbook  of  Transportation  31 

• 

(b)     Depot  Quartermaster,  Washington,  D.  C.I 
Atlanta  &  West  Point  Railroad. 
Atlantic  Coast  Line  Railroad. 
Baltimore  &  Ohio  Railroad. 
Baltimore  &  Ohio  Southwestern  Railroad. 
Baltimore  Steam  Packet  Company. 
Boston  &  Albany  Railroad. 
Boston  &  Maine  Railroad. 
Buffalo,  Rochester  &  Pittsburgh  Railway. 
Canadian  Pacific  Railway. 
Central  New  England  Railway. 
Central  of  Georgia  Railway. 
Central  Railroad  of  New  Jersey. 
Central  Vermont  Railway. 
Charleston  &  Western  Carolina  Railway. 
Chesapeake  &  Ohio  Railway. 
Chesapeake  &  Ohio  Railway  of  Indiana. 
Chesapeake  Steamship  Company. 
Clyde  Steamship  Company. 
Cumberland  Valley  Railroad. 
Delaware  &  Hudson  Company. 
Delaware,  Lackawanna  &  Western  Railroad. 
Erie  Railroad. 

Florida  East  Coast  Railway. 
Georgia  Railroad. 

Georgia  Southern  &  Florida  Railway. 
Grand  Trunk  Railway  System. 
Jamestown,  Chautauqua  &  Lake  Erie  Railway. 
Lehigh  &  New  England  Railroad. 
Lehigh  Valley  Railroad. 
Long  Island  Railroad. 
Maine  Central  Railroad. 
Mallory  Steamship   Company. 
Merchants'  &  Miners'  Transportation  Company. 
Morgan  Line  Steamers. 

New  York  Central  &  Hudson  River  Railroad. 
New  York,  New  Haven  &  Hartford  Railroad. 
New  York,  Ontario  &  Western  Railway. 
New  York,  Philadelphia  &  Norfolk  Railroad. 
Norfolk  Southern  Railroad. 
Norfolk  &  Western  Railway. 
Norfolk  &  Washington  Steamboat  Company. 
Northern  Central  Railway. 
Peninsular  &  Occidental   Steamship   Company. 
Pennsylvania  Company. 


32  Handbook  of  Transportation 

• 

Pennsylvania  Railroad. 

Philadelphia,  Baltimore  &  Washington  Railroad. 

Philadelphia  &  Reading  Railway. 

Pittsburgh  &  Lake  Erie  Railway. 

Pittsburgh,  Cincinnati,  Chicago  &  St.  Louis  Railway. 

Richmond,  Fredericksburg  &  Potomac  Railroad. 

Rutland  Railroad. 

Seaboard  Air  Line  Railway. 

Southern  Railway. 

Washington,  Baltimore  &  Annapolis  Electric  Railway  Com- 
pany. 

Washington   Southern   Railway. 

Western  Maryland  Railway. 

Western  Railway  of  Alabama. 

West  Shore  Railroad. 

All  Atlantic  Ocean  water  transportation. 

All  Gulf  of  Mexico  water  transportation. 

All  other  transportation  lines  not  otherwise  assigned  whose 
accounting  offices  are  in  the  States  of  Connecticut,  Delaware, 
Florida,  Georgia,  Maine,  Maryland,  Massachusetts,  New 
Hampshire,  New  Jersey,  New  York,  North  Carolina,  South 
Carolina,  Pennsylvania,  Rhode  Island,  Vermont,  Virginia  and 
West  Virginia,  and  the  District  «f  Columbia. 

(c}    Depot  Quartermaster,  115-123  Ontario  St.,  Chicago,  111. 

Alabama  Great  Southern  Railway. 

Ann  Arbor  Railroad. 

Canadian  Northern  Railway. 

Chicago  &  Alton  Railroad. 

Chicago  &  Eastern  Illinois  Railroad. 

Chicago  &  Northwestern  Railway. 

Chicago,  Burlington  &  Quincy  Railroad  (lines  east  of  the 
Missouri  River). 

Chicago,  Burlington  &  Quincy  Railroad  (lines  west  of  the 
Missouri  River). 

Chicago  Great  Western  Railroad. 

Chicago,  Indiana  &  Southern  Railroad. 

Chicago,  Indianapolis  &  Louisville  Railway. 

Chicago,  Milwaukee  &  Puget  Sound  Railway. 

Chicago,  Milwaukee  &  St.  Paul  Railway. 

Chicago,  Peoria  &  St.  Louis  Railway. 

Chicago,  Rock  Island  &  Pacific  Railway. 

Chicago,  St.  Paul,  Minneapolis  &  Omaha  Railway. 

Cincinnati,  Hamilton  &  Dayton  Railway. 

Cincinnati,  New  Orleans  &  Texas  Pacific  Railway. 

Cincinnati  Northern  Railroad. 


Handbook  of  Transportation  33 

Cleveland,   Cincinnati,   Chicago  &  St.  Louis  Railway. 

Colorado  &  Southern  Railway. 

Duluth,   South   Shore  &  Atlantic   Railway. 

Grand  Rapids  &  Indiana  Railway. 

Great  Northern  Railway. 

Goodrich  Transit  Co. 

Hocking  Valley  Railway. 

Illinois  Central  Railroad. 

Kanawha  &  Michigan  Railway. 

Lake  Erie  &  Western  Railroad. 

Lake  Shore  &  Michigan  Southern  Railway. 

Louisville  &  Nashville  Railroad. 

Louisville,  Henderson  &   St.  Louis  Railway. 

Michigan  Central  Railroad. 

Minneapolis   &   St.    Louis   Railroad. 

Minneapolis,  St.  Paul  &  Sault  Ste.  Marie  Railway. 

New  York,  Chicago  &  St.  Louis  Railroad. 

Northern  Pacific  Railway. 

Pere  Marquette  Railroad. 

St.  Paul  &  Kansas  City  Short  Line  Railroad. 

Toledo  &  Ohio  Central  Railway. 

LTnion  Pacific  Railroad. 

Vandalia  Railroad. 

Wheeling  &  Lake  Erie  Railroad. 

All  Great  Lakes  water  transportation. 

All  Pullman   Company  transportation. 

All  other  transportation  lines  not  otherwise  assigned  whose 
accounting  offices  are  in  the  State  of  Illinois,  Indiana,  Iowa, 
Kentucky,  Michigan,  Minnesota,  Nebraska,  North  Dakota, 
Ohio,  South  Dakota,  Wisconsin  and  Wyoming. 

(d)     Depot  Quartermaster.  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Alabama  &  Vicksburg  Railway. 

Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  Fe  Railway   (lines  north,  south, 
and  east  of  Albuquerque  and  Belen). 
Colorado   Midland   Railway. 
Denver  &  Rio  Grande  Railroad. 
El  Paso  &  Southwestern  System. 
Fort  Worth  &  Denver  City  Railway. 
Galveston,  Harrisburg  &  San  Antonio  Railway. 
Gulf,  Colorado  &  Santa  Fe  Railway. 
Houston  &  Texas  Central  Railroad. 
International  &  Great  Northren  Railroad. 
Kansas  City,  Mexico  &  Orient  Railway. 
Kansas  City  Southern  Railway. 


34  Handbook  of  Transportation 

Leavenworth  &  Topeka  Railway. 

Missouri,  Kansas  &  Texas  Railway. 

Missouri  Pacific  Railway. 

Mobile  &  Ohio  Railroad. 

Morgan's  Louisiana  &  Texas  Railroad  and  Steamship  Com- 
pany. 

Nashville,  Chattanooga  &  St.  Louis  Railway. 

New  Orleans  &  Northwestern  Railroad. 

Quincy,  Omaha  &  Kansas  City  Railroad. 

Rio  Grande  Southern  Railway. 

St.  Joseph  &  Grand  Island  Railway. 

St.  Louis  &  San  Francisco  Railroad. 

St.  Louis,  Iron  Mountain  &  Southern  Railway. 

St.  Louis  Southwestern  Railway. 

San  Antonio  &  Arkansas  Pass  Railway. 

Southern  Kansas  Railway  of  Texas. 

Texas  &  Pacific  Railway. 

Texas  Central  Railroad. 

Texas  Mexican  Railway. 

Trinity  &  Brazos  Valley  Railway. 

Uintah  Railway  and  Stage  Line. 

Wabash  Railroad. 

Wichita  Railroad. 

All  Mississippi  and  Ohio  River  water  transportation. 

All  other  transportation  lines  not  otherwise  assigned  whose 
accounting  offices  are  in  the  States  of  Alabama,  Arkansas, 
Colorado,  Kansas,  Louisiana,  Mississippi,  Missouri,  New 
Mexico,  Oklahoma,  Tennessee  and  Texas. 

(<?)     Depot  Quartermaster,  San  Francisco,  Cal. : 

Arizona  Eastern  Railroad. 

Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  Fe  Railway — Coast  Lines  (lines 
west  of  Albuquerque  and  Belen). 

Corvallis  &  Eastern  Railroad. 

Northwestern  Pacific  Railroad. 

Oregon  Short  Line  Railroad. 

Oregon-Washington   Railroad  &   Navigation   Company. 

Portland  Railway,  Light  &  Power  Company. 

Puget  Sound  Electric  Railway. 

San  Pedro,  Los  Angeles  &  Salt  Lake  Railroad. 

Santa  Fe,   Prescott  &  Phoenix  Railway. 

Southern  Pacific  Company — Pacific  System  (lines  west  of 
but  not  including  El  Paso.) 

Spokane,  Portland  &  Seattle  Railway. 

Tacoma  Railway  &  Power  Company. 


Handbook  of  Transportation  35 

Tonapah  £  Goldfield  Railroad. 

Western  Pacific  Railroad. 

All  Columbia  River  water  transportation. 

All    Puget    Sound    water    transportation. 

All  Pacific  Ocean  water  transportation  either  coastwise  or 
trans-Pacific. 

All  other  transportation  lines  not  otherwise  assigned  whose 
accounting  offices  are  in  the  States  of  Arizona,  California, 
Idaho,  Montana,  Nevada,  Oregon,  Utah,  and  Washington  and 
the  Territory  of  Alaska.  (Circ.  1,  O.  C.  Q.  M.  C.  1912.) 

107.  Accounts  payable  by  the  Depot   Quartermaster.   Bos- 
ton, for  transportation  of  headstones  for  soldiers'  graves  will 
be    presented    by    the    railroad    company    to    the    disbursing 
quartermaster  designated  herein  for  the  settlement  of  its  ac- 
counts, be  properly  stated  on  voucher  to  be  certified  by  the 
disbursing  quartermaster,   the  receipt  of  the  proper  railroad 
official    obtained,    and    the    account    forwarded    to    the    depot 
quartermaster,   Boston,   for  payment  from   the  headstone  ap- 
propriation.    (Cir.  1,  O.C.Q.M.C,  1912.) 

108.  The  accounts  of  express  companies  for  shipments  con- 
signed to  posts  or  stations,  including  all  independent  stations 
and  supply  depots,  will  be  settled  by  the  depot  quartermasters 
indicated  below,  over  the  State  in  which  the  post  or  station 
is  located : 

Depot  Quartermaster,  Washington,  D.  C. — Alabama,  Con- 
necticut, Delaware,  Florida,  Georgia,  Kentucky,  Maine,  Massa- 
chusetts, Maryland,  Mississippi,  New  Hampshire,  New  Jersey, 
New  York,  North  Carolina,  Ohio,  Pennsylvania,  Rhode  Island, 
South  Carolina,  Tennessee,  Vermont,  West  Virginia,  and  Dis- 
trict of  Columbia. 

Depot  Quartermaster,  St.  Louis,  Mo. — Arkansas,  Colorado, 
Illinois,  Indiana,  Iowa,  Kansas,  Louisiana,  Michigan,  Minne- 
sota, Missouri,  Nebraska,  New  Mexico,  North  Dakota,  Okla- 
homa, South  Dakota,  Texas,  Wisconsin,  and  Wyoming. 

Depot  Quartermaster,  San  Francisco,  Cal. — Alaska,  Arizona, 
California,  Idaho,  Montana,  Nevada,  Oregon,  Utah,  and 
Washington.  (Cir.  1,  O.C.Q.M.C,  1912.) 

TRANSPORTATION  OF  TROOPS  BY  RAIL 

Preference  to  military  traffic 

109.  "In   time   of  war  or  threatened   war  preference  and 
precedence   shall,  upon  the  demand  of  the   President  of   the 
United  States,  be  given,  "over  all  other  traffic,  to  the  trans- 


36  Handbook  of  Transportation 

portation  of  troops  and  material  of  war,  and  carriers  shall 
adopt  every  means  within  their  control  to  facilitate  and  ex- 
pedite the  military  traffic."  (34  Stat.  587.) 

Commercial  and  military  railways 

110.  Troops  may  be  moved  by  rail  over  commercial  rail- 
ways or  over  military  railways.     The  former  condition  will 
obtain  in  all  movements  in  time  of  peace,  and  for  most  con- 
centration movements  in  time  of  w.ar.     The  latter  condition 
will  always  obtain  in  the  theatre  of  military  operations,  and 
may  obtain  in  concentration  movements  in  our  own  territory. 
(F.  S.  R.  386,  1914.) 

Movement  by  commercial  railways  is  function  of  Q.  M. 
Corps 

111.  The  movement   of  troops   and  their  equipment  over 
commercial    railways   is    the    function    of    the    Quartermaster 
Corps,    who  plan   and   prepare   for   the   move   in   conformity 
with  regulations  and  orders   from  competent  authority.     (F. 
S.  R.  388,  1914.) 

Quartermaster  should  work  out  movements  in  advance  of 
orders 

112.  In  order  to  have  complete  data  available  at  all  times 
for  expeditions   rail   movements,   every  quartermaster  should 
maintain  on  file  in  his  office  the  consist  of  equipment  neces- 
sary to  move  the  entire  command  at  his  station  as  a  whole 
as  well  as  the   separate  units.     He   should  consult  his   com- 
manding officer  in  reference  to  the  arrangement  of  train  sec- 
tions and  should  complete  his  files  by  listing  the  supplies  and 
equipage  to  accompany  the  troops  under  varying  conditions. 

Notice  of  movements 

113.  Commanding  officers   will   give   timely  notice   to   the 
proper  officers  of  the  Quartermaster  Corps  of  all  contemplated 
movements  of  troops  and  supplies  that  proper  and  sufficient 
transportation  may  be  in  readiness.     (A.  R.  1107.) 

Orders 

114.  •  When  troops  are  moved,  suitable  transportation  will 
be  provided;  proper  orders  and  an  exact  return  of  the  com- 
mand will  be  furnished  to  the  quartermaster  who  is  to  provide 
the  same.     (A.  R.  1110,  1913.) 

Detailed  list  of  command  to  be  furnished 

115.  Two  estimates  for  rail  transportation    (Q.M.C.  Form 
469),    will    ordinarily    be    required    when    organizations    are 


Handbook  of  Transportation  37 

moved  by  rail.  The  first  is  a  preliminary  estimate  giving  the 
shipping  quartermaster  the  data  to  enable  him  to  order  the 
necessary  cars  and  have  them  properly  placed,  and  the  final 
one  is  an  exact  return  of  the  officers,  enlisted  men,  civilian 
employees,  animals,  and  vehicles.  Separate  estimates  are 
necessarily  required  for  each  train  section.  They  should  give, 
in  each  instance,  the  following  data : 

(a)  Organizations  and  headquarters. 

(b)  The   number  of   the   train   section    (No.    1    being  the 
first  to  depart,  No.  2  the  second,  etc.). 

(c)  Destination. 

(d)  Name  of  train  quartermaster. 

(e)  Authority  for  the  movement. 

(/)  The  number  of  officers  and  enlisted  men,  separately 
for  each  arm  and  corps  and  omitting  live  stock  attendants. 

(g)  The  number  of  civilian  employees,  omitting  live  stock 
attendants. 

(//)     The  number  of  live  stock  attendants. 

(i)  The  number  of  public  mules,  public  horses,  and  au- 
thorized private  horses,  separately  for  each. 

(/)  The  number  of  wagons,  ambulances,  guns,  caissons, 
and  other  vehicles,  separately  for  each. 

(k)  The  approximate  total  weight  of  organization  pro- 
perty, household  goods,  and  checkable  baggage,  separately  for 
each  of  the  three  items,  should  also  be  shown  in  the  pre- 
liminary estimate;  but  not  in  the  final  one,  such  information 
being  then  given  in  the  shipping  lists  and  invoices  (paragraphs 
182  and  183).  The  data  of  entraining  and  the  approximate 
hour  of  departure  should  be  stated  in  the  preliminary  estimate 
in  case  the  order,  or  other  instructions,  directing  the  move- 
ment of  the  troops  fails  to  give  that  information. 

Field  service 

116.  If  the  command  is  to  take  the  field,  the  orders  of  the 
commanding  officer   will   state    the  letter   designation   of   the 
equipment   to  be   taken,   as   "Equipment  A."      (See   G.O.    85, 
1914,  and  G.O.  39,  1915.) 

Routing  and  equipment 

117.  Unless  the  orders  direct  otherwise,  the  local  quarter- 
master will  designate  the  routing  and  arrange  for  the  neces- 
sary equipment. 

By  Quartermaster  General 

118.  In   inter-departmental  journeys  the   routing  and  pre- 
liminary arrangements  for  railroad  equipment  will  usually  be 


38  Handbook  of  Transportation 

made  direct  by  the  Quartermaster  General.  The  railroads  and 
department  and  post  quartermaster  will  be  advised  of  his 
action.  This  actipn  will  be  taken  with  a  view  to  expediting 
the  supply  of  equipment  and  the  local  quartermaster  will  fol- 
low the  matter  to  its  conclusion,  and  see  that  the  equipment 
is  furnished  and  placed  at  the  desired  point  for  loading. 

By  quartermaster  department 

119.  If  the  arrangements   for  transportation  are  made  by 
the    department   quartermaster,    that    officer   will,    if   there    is 
sufficient  time  available  and  the  number  involved  large  enough 
to  warrant  such  action,  invite  bids  for  the  movement,  sending 
a  copy  of  the  proposal  to  each  of  the  initial  lines,  and  also  one 
copy  as  follows  :     In  the  territory  north  of  the  State  of  Vir- 
ginia and  east  of  the  Ohio-Pennsylvania  State  Line  to  Agent, 
Trunk  Lines,  143  Liberty  St.,  New  York  City;  the  States  of 
Indiana  and  Ohio   and  the  lower  peninsula   of   Michigan   to 
Commissioner,   Central  Passenger  Association,   608   S.   Dear- 
born St.,  Chicago,  111. ;  and,  in  the  territory  west  of  Chicago 
and  the   Mississippi   River,  to  the    Chairman,   Military   Com- 
mittee, Western  Lines,  608   S.  Dearborn   St.,   Chicago,   111. 

Execution  of  contracts 

120.  Upon  receipt  of  bids,  they  will  be  opened  at  the  speci- 
fied time,  and  award  will  be  made.     The  department  quarter- 
master  will    advise    the    carrier    concerned    and    prepare    the 
articles  of  agreement  (transportation  of  troops  and  equipment, 
Q.M.C.    Form    114).      Those    contracts    will    be    executed    in 
triplicate.    One  of  the  numbers  will  be  given  to  the  contractor ; 
the  other  two  will  be  forwarded  to  the  Office  of  the  Quarter- 
master General,  one  being  for  file  in  that  office  and  one  for 
the  Auditor  for  the  War  Department.    Four  exact  copies  will 
be  made,  one  will  be  retained  by  the  contracting  officer,  one, 
to  which  will  be  attached  the  affidavit  and  additional  papers 
indicated  by  paragraph  563,  A.  R.  1913,  will  be  forwarded  to 
the   Returns   Office  of  the  Interior  Department,   one   will  be 
sent  to  the  commanding  officer  of  the  pos't  or  station  from 
which  the  troops  are  to  be  transported,  and  the  other  will  be 
forwarded  to  the  officer  by  whom  the  account  of  the  carrier 
for  the  transportation  will  be  settled. 

When  bids  will  not  be  invited 

121.  When  the  time  is  limited,  when  no  competition  is  to 
be  had,  or  the  number  to  be  transported  is  small,  bids  need 
not  be  invited,  but  the  troops  will  be  forwarded  by  the  most 
available  route. 


Handbook  of  Transportation  39 

Informal  award 

122.  In    expedited    movements   bids    need    not    be    invited. 
Preliminary  advice  should  be  furnished  the  carrier  orally,  or 
by  telephone,  or  telegraph,  but  in  any  event,  a  letter  of  advice 

will  be  furnished  the  carrier. 

• 

Sample  letter  of  informal  award 

123.  The  following  sample  letter  covers  the  general  case : 

OFFICE  OF  THE  QUARTERMASTER 

Fort 1916. 

From :  Quartermaster. 

To:  (Superintendent  or  Agent),   Railroad 

Company,    

Subject:  Transportation. 

1.  It  is  requested  that  the   Railroad  Company 

furnish  transportation  from   to  via  

for  approximately  the  following: 

officers. 

enlisted  men. 

pounds  of  freight. 

animals. 

vehicles. 

Officers  to  be  furnished  one  berth  each  in  standard  sleeper; 
the  enlisted  men  to  be  accommodated  three  to  a  section  in 
tourist  sleeper. 

2.  It    is    estimated   that    the    following   equipment   will   be 
required : 

Pullman  sleepers, sections  each. 

Tourist  sleepers,    sections  each. 

Baggage  cars,  with  end  doors. 

Kitchen  cars. 

Box  cars feet  long. 

Stock  cars,   feet  long. 

Gondola  cars,  feet  long,  with  drop  end. 

If  tourist  sleepers  are  not  readily  available,  coaches  should 
be  substituted  on  the  basis  of  one  man  to  each  double  seat, 
and  an  endeavor  made  to  secure  the  tourist  sleepers  and 
transfer  the  men  thereto  at  a  convenient  place  enroute.  (See 

*  below.) 

*  When  the  approximate  time  required  for  the  journey  is  24  hours  or  less 
substitute  the  following: 

If  tourist  sleepers  are  not  readily  available,  coaches  should  be  substituted 
on  the  basis  of  three  men  to  each  two  double  seats. 


40  Handbook  of  Transportation 

If  end-door  baggage  cars  are  not  readily  available  substitute 
an  equal  number  of  solid  end  baggage  cars. 

If  kitchen  cars  are  not  readily  available,  an  extra  tourist 
car  should  be  supplied. 

If  drop  end  gondolas  are  not  readily  available,  solid  end 
gondolas  will  not  answer,  but  art  equal  number  of  flat  cars 
should  be  supplied. 

3.  It  is  desired  to  get  the  troops  under  way  as  soon  as 
practicable,  and  it  is  therefore  requested  that  delivery  of  the 
equipment  be  expedited.     It  is  estimated  that  the  first  train 

section  will  be  ready  to  leave  about  o'clock,   ....... 

1916,  and  will  be  followed  as  rapidly  as  possible  by  the  other 
sections. 

4.  It  is  understood  that  150  pounds  of  personal  checkable 
property   per   capita    belonging   to    officers    and    men    will   be 
carried  free. 

Sufficient  space  to  be  reserved  in  baggage  cars  free  of 
charge  for  subsistence  en  route.  The  men  to  be  allowed  to 
take  their  arms  and  necessary  hand  baggage  for  the  journey 
with  them  in  the  passenger  cars  without  charge. 

All  cars  to  be  of  standard  quality  and  in  good  order  and 
sanitary  conditions ;  passenger  cars  to  be  properly  watered, 
lighted,  and  heated ;  stock  cars  thoroughly  cleaned  and  bedded 
with  clean  earth,  sand  preferred ;  all  equipment  to  be  placed 
at  point  of  embarkation  in  time  for  inspection  before  move- 
ment, freight  cars  to  be  placed  in  readiness  at  the  most  con- 
venient points  sufficiently  in  advance  of  passenger  cars  to 
admit  of  the  loading  of  freight  and  preparation  of  bills  of 
lading  prior  to  the  embarkation  of  troops. 

5.  It  is  requested  that  this  office  be  notified  promptly  as  to 
whether  or  not  your  company  will  furnish  the  above  described 
transportation. 

In  case  your  company  can  furnish  the  transportation,  in- 
formation is  also  desired  as  to  date  and  hour  equipment  will 
arrive  and  be  ready  for  use.  Upon  receipt  of  this  information 
you  will  be  furnished  instructions  as  to  placing  of  cars  and 
make  up  of  trains. 


Local  quartermaster  to  be  advised 

124.  The  local  quartermaster  will  be  advised  of  the  routing 
as  early  as  practicable,  and  will  be  furnished  a  copy  of  the 
contract  or  agreement. 


Handbook  of  Transportation  41 

By  local  quartermaster 

125.  If  the  local  quartermaster  is  to  make  all  arrangements 
for  the  transportation,  he  will  take  the  action  outlined  above 
for   the    department  quartermaster    as   shown,    in    paragraphs 
119  to  124. 

Request  for  freight  equipment  must  show  length  desired 

126.  Attention    is    invited    to   the    fact    that    an    additional 
charge  is  assessed  in  some  cases  for  freight  cars    (including 
stock  cars),  in  excess  of  36  feet  in  length,  unless  such  cars 
are  furnished  for  the  convenience  of  the  carrier.     In  ordering 
freight  equipment  the  quartermaster  should,  therefore,  specify 
the  length  of  cars  desired  and  should  not  order  a  40  foot  car 
when  a  36  foot  car  will  answer  the  purpose. 

Car  capacities 

127.  Under  paragraphs  91  to  102  is  a  table  showing  the  size 
and  capacity  of  the  various  classes  of  passenger  and  freight 
equipment.     This  table  will  be  found  of  value  in  determining 
the  number  of  cars  required   for  troop  movements. 

Units  should  be  kept  together 

128.  Whenever  organizations  are  moved  by  rail,  with  their 
animals,  equipment,  and  material,  it  is  desirable  that  complete 
jinits  be  kept  together  in  trains  divided  into  convenient  train 
sections.     It   is   preferable   to   have   trains   of   moderate    size 
with  good  speed  rather  than  long  trains  with  slow  speed.     If 
it  is  necessary  to  divide  a  train,  some  officers  and  men  will 
accompany  each  section.     The  troops  should  not  be  separated 
from  the  animals  if  it  can  be  avoided ;  but  if  the  animals  are 
shipped    in     separate    sections    selected     detachments     under 
officers  accompany  them,  and  such  sections  will  precede  the 
troops.     (F.   S.  R.   390.) 

Size  of  trains 

129.  For  commands  of  four  companies  of  infantry,  for  one 
field  battery,  for  a  troop  of  cavalry,  or  larger  movenfents,  it 
is   always   better    to   arrange   for   special   trains    made   up   to 
include  the  freight  cars  carrying  the  command's  freight.    This 
insures  the  arrival  together  at  destination  of  the  troops  and 
property  of  the  command,  but  will  retard  the  movement  of 
the  troops  themselves,  as  trains  carrying  freight  cars  cannot 
make  the  same  rate  of  speed  as  those  composed  wholly  of 
passenger  equipment. 

Under  the  most  favorable  conditions,  a  single  section  of  a 
troop  train  should  not  consist  of  more  than  twenty  cars. 


42  Handbook  of  Transportation 

The  number  of  engines  available,  the  kind  and  capacity  of 
cars,  the  condition  of  the  road-bed  especially  as  to  curves, 
grades,  and  physical  condition,  the  strength  of  the  command 
in  officers,  -men,  animals  and  vehicles,  and  whether  the  freight 
taken  is  incidental  to  change  of  station  or  is  limited  to  field 
allowances,  are  all  determining  factors  in  ascertaining  the 
size  of  train  sections. 

Under  ordinary  conditions  a  section  of  a  railway  train  will 
carry  the  following  organizations  at  war  strength : 

1  battalion  of  infantry,  or 

2  troops  of  cavalry,  or 

1  battery  of  artillery,  or 

1  company  of  engineers  with  bridge  train. 

Breaking  of  military  units  to  be  avoided 

130.  As  far  as  practicable,  the  breaking  of  military  units 
should  be  avoided,  but,  as  the  size  of  the  trains  will  be  left 
to  a  great  extent,  to  the  railroad  officials,  it  will  not  always 
be  possible  to  prevent  it,  and  in  case  units  are  to  be  broken, 
it  is  essential  that  the  commanding  officers  know  in  advance 
how  their  troops  are  to  be  carried,  in  order  that  arrangements 
can  be  made   for  provisioning  and   caring  for  the  troops  in 
each  section. 

Railroad  should  be  furnished  full  information 

131.  In    furnishing    the    consist    of    trains,    and    sections 
thereof,  the  fullest  possible  information  should  be  furnished 
the  railroad  authorities  in  order  to  avoid  unnecessary  shifting 
of  cars  or  reversing  of  their  relative  positions  after  the  cars 
have  been  delivered  for  loading. 

Delay  in  furnishing  equipment 

132.  If  there  is  any  delay,  either  in  the  furnishing  of  the 
equipment  or  in  its  placing  at  the  proper  point  for  loading, 
the  quartermaster  should  at  once  wire  the  general  manager 
of  the  railroad,   stating  the  facts   and  asking  that  action  be 
taken  by  him  to  expedite  the  movement.  The  address  of  this 
official  can  be  secured  from  the  Official  Railway  Guide  or  the 
railroad  agent. 

Placing  equipment 

133.  The  freight  and  baggage  equipment  should  be  called 
for  in  ample  time  in  advance  to  permit  of  a  thorough  inspec- 
tion,  careful  and  methodical  loading  without  hurry  or   con- 
fusion, and  to  allow  time  for  assembling  the  fatigue  details 
between  the  conclusion  of  the  loading  of  freight  and  baggage 


Handbook  of  Transportation  43 

and  the  time  fixed  for  the  entraining  of  the  troops.  As  a 
rule,  railroads  will  have  little  difficulty  in  furnishing  the  freight 
and  baggage  equipment  in  advance  of  the  passenger  equip- 
ment, though  when  the  command  is  small  or  the  amount  of 
freight  and  baggage  is  small,  it  will  be  found  simpler  to  set 
in  the  entire  equipment  at  one  time.  Where  there  are  several 
trains  to  be  moved,  however,  this  is  undesirable,  as  they 
occupy  too  much  trackage,  and  if  made  up  entire,  the  freight 
and  baggage  cars  are  likely  to  be  inconveniently  placed  for 
loading.  In  such  cases  the  freight,  baggage,  and  stock  cars 
should  be  set  in  advance  and  conveniently  placed  for  loading. 

Advice  to  commanding  officer 

134.  A  quartermaster  supplying  transportation   for  troops 
will    furnish   the    commanding   officer    of    each    train    section 
thereof  a  copy  of  the  contract,  if  any,  for  the  transportation 
of   the   command.      If   no   written   contract   is   made,   he   will 
furnish  a  copy-  of  the  letter  confirming  the  agreement  with 
the  railroad  company  undertaking  to  transport  the  troops,  as 
shown   in  paragraph   123. 

Advice  to  train  quartermaster 

135.  The  quartermaster  or  acting   quartermaster  of   each 
train  or  section  thereof  will  be  furnished  at  once  a  copy  of 
Q.M.C.   Form  471    (Memorandum  concerning  the  movement 
of  troops).    This  form  shows  the  information  that  should  be 
furnished  to   the   shipping  quartermaster ;   instructions   as   to 
invoices,  marking  and  loading ;  certificates  to  be  furnished  and 
other  information  relative  to  the  movement.     The  information 
called  for  therein  should  be  furnished  to  the  shipping  quarter- 
master promptly,  and  the  circular  retained  by  each  quarter- 
master of  the  train  or  section  for  his  information  and  guid- 
ance, as  it  contains  much   of  the  information   shown  herein 
applicable  to  other  than  the   shipping  quartermaster. 

Record  of  movement 

136.  The  local   quartermaster   should  keep  complete   data 
covering  each  movement  of  troops,   such  as   hour  cars  were 
ordered;  hour  cars  were  placed  ready  for  loading;  condition 
of  cars  upon  inspection ;   hour  loading  was  completed ;  hour 
each  train  section  was  made  up  ready  to  move ;  hour  of  de- 
parture and  number  and  kinds  of  cars  in  each  section  ;  cause 
of  delay  if  any;   and  any  other   circumstances   affecting  the 
movement,  so  that  any  question  coming  up  in  connection  with 
the  preparation  for  departure  can  be  readily  explained. 


44  Handbook  of  Transportation 

Tourists  sleepers  for  troops  and  officers 

137.  Tourist  sleeping  cars  will  be  provided  for  troops  on 
the  basis  of  three  men  to  a  section  when  the  journey  involves 
spending  a  night  on  the  train ;  but  when  the  number  of  troops 
is  too  small  to  justify  the  hiring  of  tourist  sleepers,  tourist 
sleeping  car  accommodations  on  the  s"ame  basis,  if  available, 
may  be   furnished.     When   the   number   of   officers   traveling 
with  troops  is  too  small  to  justify  the  hire  by  the  Quarter- 
master Corps  of  a  standard  sleeping  car  for  their  accommo- 
dation,   they  will   be   furnished  with   such   part   of   a   tourist 
sleeping  car,  or  other  suitable  sleeping  car,  properly  curtained 
off  for  their  accommodation,  as  the  Quartermaster  Corps  may 
provide  for  their  use  during  the  journey,  one  lower  berth  to 
be  furnished  to  each  officer  if  practicable.     (A.  R.  1128,  1913.) 
Special  sleeping  or  parlor  cars  will  not  be  chartered  when  the 
expense  exceeds  the  cost  of  the  berths  or  seats  authorized  to 
be  furnished.     (A.  R.  1132,  1913.) 

Minimum  number  for  whom  special  car  will  be  furnished 

138.  The  provisions  of  these  clauses  of  Army  Regulations 
1128  and  Army  Regulations  1132  are  often  misconstrued.    All 
railroads  require  the  equivalent  of  a  certain  fixed  number  of 
fares  if  a  special  car  is  furnished,  and  the  term  "special  car" 
includes  either  a   standard  or  tourist  sleeper  if   used  exclu- 
sively by  a  party.     This  minimum  varies  from  18  to  25  fares, 
and  quartermaster  should  not  therefore  arrange  for  the  hiring 
of   tourist   or   standard   sleeper  for   parties   of   less   than   25, 
unless  the  carrier  specifically  agrees  to  charge  only  for  the 
number  actually  in  the  party,  without  regard  to  any  require- 
ment as  to  a  minimum  number  of  fares.     This  rule  does  not 
apply  in  movements  of  more  than  25,  provided  the  number  of 
persons  transported  averages  25  to  the  car,  for  example :     If 
a  party  of  60  is  traveling,  and  two  cars  are  used,  there  is  no 
objection  to  placing  20  in  one  car  and  40  in  the  other. 

Tourist  berths  for  officers 

139.  If  a  movemen-t  consists  of  only  one  or  two  troops,  or 
companies,  the  number  of  officers  would  be  too  small  to  justify 
the  hire  of  a  standard  sleeper,  and  the  regulations  are  explicit 
in  stating  that  a  lower  berth  in  tourist  sleeper,  only,  will  be 
furnished  each  officer  under  such  circumstances.     If  an  officer 
desires  an  entire  section,  he  must  pay  for  the  difference  from 
personal  funds,  as  no  payment  will  be  authorized  for  an  un- 
occupied  upper   berth   of   a   section,   even   though   the    lower 
berth  of  this  section  is  occupied  by  an  officer. 


Handbook  of  Transportation  45 

Standard  sleepers  for  officers 

140.  Under  the  provisions  of  paragraph  1128,  A.  R.  1913, 
an  officer  traveling  with  troops  is  entitled  to  and  should  be 
furnished  with  standard  sleeping  car  accommodations,  when 
Standard  sleeping  car  accommodations  are  available  and  can 
be  used  by  him  in  connection  with  his  orders  directing  him 
to  travel  with  troops,  the  troops  in  such  cases  being  accommo- 
dated in  a  tourist  car  attached  to  a  regular  train  to  which  is 
also  attached  a  standard  sleeping  car  for  the  accommodation 
of  the  general  public.     In  movements  of  a  battalion,  squadron, 
or  larger  unit,   standard    sleepers   will   be    furnished    for   the 
officers  on  the  basis  of  one  berth  for  each  officer,  a  lower  if 
practicable,  otherwise  an  upper. 

Tourist  cars  for  troops 

141.  In  all  cases  where  tourist  cars  are  used   for  troops, 
berths   will  be  provided   for  the  4nen  on  the  basis   of   three 
men  to  a  section,  the   men   in  excess  of  this  multiple  being 
given  an  upper  berth  each. 

Example  of  placing  officers  and  men 

142.  For  example:     If  two  officers  and  65   enlisted  men 
are  traveling,  the  officers  should  be  given  a  lower  berth  each, 
and  the  men  should  be  given  21  sections  plus  two  upper  berths, 
and  the  request  should  call  for  23  upper  berths  and  23  lower 
berths. 

Excess  berth  furnished  charged  against  officer 

143.  The  number  of  berths  authorized  by  Regulations  only 
can  be  paid  for  from  public  funds.     If  an  excess  number  of 
berths  are  called  for  and  furnished  on  a  request,  the  cost  of 
such   excess   will  be   charged  against  the   officer   issuing  the 
request.     If  an   excess  number  of  berths,  not  called   for  by 
the  request,  or  tickets,  are  used  in  transit,  the  officer  in  charge 
of  the  train  will  be  called  upon  for  a  remittance  to  cover  the 
cost  of  the  unauthorized  berths. 

Reimbursement  for  sleeping  or  parlor  car  fares  paid 

144.  An  officer,  traveling  with  troops,  who  incurs  expense 
for  authorized  sleeping  or  parlor  car  accommodations  when 
it  is  impracticable  to  obtain  a  request  therefor,  will  be  reim- 
bursed  by   the    Quartermaster    Corps,    upon    application    sup- 
ported by  a  receipt  for  the  amount  paid  by  him  and  a  copy 
of  the  orders  under  which  the  journey  was  performed,     A, 
R.  1134,  1913.) 


46  Handbook  of  Transportation 

Equipment  used  for  preparation  of  food  en  route 

145.  In  movements  by  rail  kitchen   cars  are  provided,   if 
practicable,  and  the  length  of  the  journey  warrants;  otherwise, 
baggage  cars  are  fitted  up  by  the  troops  or  arrangements  are 
made  for  procuring  meals,  or  at  least  liquid  coffee,  at  stations 
en  route. 

Careful  attention  is  paid  to  the  messing  of  the  men,  whether 
in  kitchen  cars  or  in  the  coaches  where  the  men  ride.  A  mess 
officer  supervises  the  preparation  and  serving  of  the  meals 
and  requires  the  men  to  keep  their  mess  kits  scrupulously 
clean.  (F.  S.  R.  397.) 

The  different  equipments  used  for  the  preparation  of  food 
for  recruits  and  organizations  in  movements  by  rail  are,: 

(a)  The    kitchen    tourist   car,    furnished    by   the    Pullman 
Company. 

(b)  The  regular  kitchen  car  equipment,  furnished  by  the 
Quartermaster  Corps. 

(c)  The   emergency  kitchen   car  equipment,   furnished  by 
the  Quartermaster  Corps. 

(d)  The  portable   gas  cooker,   furnished  by  the  Quarter- 
master Corps. 

Note:    The  detachment  mess  car  is  no  longer  furnished. 

Kitchen  cars,  description  of 

146.  The   Pullman   Company  have   in   service  certain   cars 
that  are  known  as  kitchen  tourist  cars.     These  are   sixteen 
section  tourist  cars  with  two  sections  removed,  in  which  the 
company  has  installed  a  range  and  cooking  equipment.     With 
the  cook  and  cook's  helper  provided  by  the  Pullman  Company, 
who  are  familiar  with  the  use  of  the  cooking  appliances  and 
the  storage  of  food  supplies,  one  of  these  cars  is  capable  of 
preparing  meals  for  as  many  as  two  hundred  men,  and  with 
an  additional  cook  for  as  many  as  three  hundred  men.     The 
fourteen  sections  remaining  in  the  car  can  be  used  the  same 
as  any   other  tourist  car  and   will,    therefore,   accommodate 
forty-two  men  on  th  e  basis  of  three  men  to  a  section. 

Use  of  kitchen  cars 

147  In  the  movement  by  rail  of  recruits  or  organizations, 
when  special  train  service  is  provided  and  the  time  required 
for  the  journey  will  exceed  forty-eight  hours  (with  troop 
trains  this  will  usually  mean  a  journey  of  about  800  miles), 
and  the  number  of  men  to  be  transported  is  thirty  or  more, 
kitchen  tourist  cars  will  be  provided  for  the  journey,  when- 
ever practicable,  at  the  rate  of  one  for  each  two  hundred  men 


Handbook  of  Transportation  47 

or  fraction  thereof,  and  arrangements  made  with  carriers  to 
furnish  a  sufficient  number  of  tables  for  each  troop  car.  The 
kitchens  will  be  completely  equipped  by  the  contractor  for  the 
preparation  of  meals,  and  a  sufficient  number  of  deep  en- 
ameled plates  to  properly  serv'e  the  troops  will  be  provided 
as  a  part  of  the  kitchen  equipment. 

Kitchen  cars,  employees 

148.  The  contractor  will  also  provide  a  cook  and  a  cook's 
helper  foreach  kitchen  and  will  be  reimbursed  for  the  wages 
of   these  men   from   the  time  of   their   departure   from   their 
home    stations    to   the    time    of   their   return   thereto.      When 
sufficient  cars  are  not  obtainable  to  provide  one  car  for  each 
two  hundred  men,  one  additional  cook  may  be  allowed  when 
more  than  two  hundred  men  are  traveling. 

Kitchen  car,  ice  and  fuel 

149.  The  contractor  will  also  provide  the  ice  necessary  for 
the  preservation  of  stores  en  route  and   fuel   for  the  range, 
and  will  submit  bills  therefor  for  payment. 

Kitchen  car,  damage  to  equipment 

150.  A  mess  officer  designated  by  the  commanding  officer 
will  report  to  the  commanding  officer  any  loss  of,  or  damage 
to,  any  portion  of  the  kitchen   equipment  and  the  names  of 
the    persons    or   organizations    responsible    for    such   loss    or 
damage,    in    order    that    the    money    value    may    be    collected 
at  once    from   company   funds   or   other   source   and  charged 
against  such  persons  or  organizations. 

Noncommissioned  officer  to  act  if  in  charge  of  party 

151.  When  it  is  impracticable  to  send  an  officer  with  the 
troops,  the  noncommissioned   officer  in   charge   will   perform 
the  duties  herein  prescribed  for  the  mess  officer.     (G.  O.  218, 
1909.) 

Certificates 

152.  When  kitchen  tourist  cars  are  used,  a  certificate  (Q. 
M.  C.  Form  157)  will  be  prepared  by  the  quartermaster  who 
furnishes  the  transportation.    This  certificate  is  in  two  parts, 
the   upper   certifying   that   the   kitchen   tourist   car,    with   the 
necessary   attendants,   has   been   furnished,   and    the    lower   a 
certificate  as  to  the  ice  and  coal  used  in  transit.     The  upper 
part   of   this   certificate   will   be   filled   in   and   signed   by   the 
quartermaster  who  furnishes  the  transportation,  and  will  be 
turned  over  by  him  or  by  the  commanding  officer  of  the  troops 


48  Handbook  of  Transportation 

to  the  representative  of  the  Pullman  Company  when  the 
troops  entrain.  On  arrival  at  destination,  or  point  where  the 
troops  detrain  from  the  kitchen  car,  the  Pullman  Company 
representative  will  have  the  lower  certificate  filled  in  and 
signed  by  the  officer,  or  noncommissioned  officer,  in  charge 
of  the  troops.  This  certificate  will  be  retained  by  the  Pullman 
representative  and  afterwards  attached  to  their  bill  for  the 
service. 

Where  kitchen  tourist  cars  are  not  used 

153.  The  number  of  kitchen  tourist  cars  is  limited,  there 
being  only   fourteen  of  these   cars   in   service  in  the  United 
States.     When  a  long  journey  is  involved  and  kitchen  tourist 
cars  cannot  be  procured  or  wher  e  such  cars  are  not  author- 
ized, sufficient  space  will  Be  provided  in  a  baggage  or  other 
car  for  use  by  the   command  as  a  kitchen  and  the  quarter- 
master  will   arrange  with  the  carrier  to   furnish  a   sufficient 
number   of   tables    for   each   troop   car.     In  the   baggage,    or 
other  car  furnished  will  be  installed  the  regular  kitchen  car 
equipment  or  a  field  range  No.  1. 

Regular  kitchen  car  equipment 

154.  When  not  in  use  kitchen  car  equipment  will  be  stored 
in    depots    designated    by    the    Quartermaster    General,    from 
which  they  will  be  obtained  for  organizations  requiring  them 
by    requisition    submitted    to    the    department    quartermaster. 
The  mess  officer  designated  by  the  commanding  officer  will 
give  a  memorandum  receipt  for  the  equipment.     The  issuing 
officer  will   invoice    the    articles    to   the    depot    quartermaster 
nearest  the  point  at  which  the  troops  will  detrain,  forwarding 
with  the  invoices  one  copy  of  Certificate  of  Supplies  Trans- 
ferred (Form  Q.M.C.  232).     The  mess  officer  will  install  the 
equipment  in  the  kitchen  car,  supervise  its  use  en  route,  arid 
ship  at  the  end  of  the  rail  journey  to  the  officer  to  whom  it 
is  invoiced.     In  case  of  loss  or  damage  to  any  portion  of  the 
equipment  the  money  value  will  be  charged  to  the  person  or 
organization   responsible   for   such   loss  or  damage.     For   list 
of  this  kitchen   car  equipment  and  instructions  as  to   requi- 
sition, see  Subsistence  Section. 

Emergency  kitchen  equipment 

155.  If  time  will  not  admit  of  securing  the  regular  kitchen 
equipment,  a  field  range  No.  1  may  be  installed  in  the  baggage, 
or  other  car,  as  an  emergency  kitchen  car  equipment. 


Handbook  of  Transportation  49 

Installing  field  range 

156.  The  method  of  installing  this  range  in  a  baggage  car 
will  be  as  follows : 

Construct  a  box  6  feet  8  inches  long  by  2<\l/2  inches  wide 
and  about  12  inches  deep,  inside  measurement,  using  \l/2  or 
2  inch  material  if  available.  Line  the  sides,  ends,  and  top 
edge  of  box  with  galvanized  iron  or  zinc.  Place  box  in  car 
running  lengthwise  on  one  side  of  the  car,  about  2  feet  from 
the  side.  Fill  the  box  with  dirt  up  to  about  2  inches  of  the 
top.  Place  a  brick  flush  with  top  of  dirt  at  each  of  the  four 
corners  where  the  range  will  set.  Place  range  in  box,  front 
and  oven  end  close  up  against  end  of  box,  and  deep  enough 
in  box  so  that  when  oven  door  is  opened  it  will  lay  flat  on 
edge  of  box.  Place  boiling  plate  in  box,  the  end  resting  on 
top  of  angle  iron  on  rear  of  range.  Place  a  brick  under  each 
front  corner  of  boiling  plate,  flush  with  top  of  dirt.  The 
alamo  attachment  is  not  used  when  range  No.  1  is  installed 
in  the  above  manner.  Fasten  range  and  boiling  plate  firmly 
to  box  by  means  of  strap  iron,  or  two  or  three  strands  of 
telegraph  or  telephone  wire.  Fill  space  between  range,  boiling 
plate,  and  side  of  box  with  soft  mud  to  prevent  heat  from 
escaping.  Three  and  even  four  field  ranges  may  be  installed 
in  a  car. 

Box  can  be  held  firmly  in  position  on  floor  of  car  by  nail- 
ing 2  by  4  inch  strips  around  sides  and  ends  of  box.  This 
is  important  and  must  not  be  neglected. 

Installing  stovepipe 

157.  Remove  one  of  the  top  ventilating  windows  from  car ; 
tack  tent  guards,   furnished  with  each  range,  over  the  open- 
ing— one   on   the  outside  of  the   car  and   one   on  the  inside. 
Carry  stovepipe   up   and   out   through  the   opening.     End   of 
pipe   should  extend  about  6  inches   outside  of  the  ventilator 
opening.     Elbow  should  be  placed  on  end  of  pipe  facing  up, 
and  wired  firmly  to  car.    Wire  stove  pipe  firmly  to  both  sides 
of  car. 

Additional  equipment  necessary 

158.  The  following  additional  equipment  to  that  supplied 
with  each  range  is  necessary. 

2  G.  I.  water  cans. 
2  G.  I.  buckets. 
1  Elbow,  stovepipe. 
100  feet  wire. 

Water  cans  should  be  filled  on  every  possible  occasion 
where  stops  are  made. 


50  Handbook  of  Transportation 

If  box  car  is  used 

159.  If  the  equipment  is  to  be  set  up  in  a  freight  car,  a. 
hole  would  have  to  be  cut  in  the  top  of  car  for  the  stove- 
pipe,  using  tent   guards,   as   explained   in  paragraph   157,   to 
cover  the  opening.    A  freight  car  should  not  be  used,  unless 
absolutely  necessary,  as  the  Government  will  be  compelled  to 
pay  for  the  repairs  necessary  to  replace  car  in  proper  con- 
dition. 

Portable  gas  cooker 

160.  When  small  bodies  of  troops  are  traveling,  or  when  it 
is  impracticable  to   furnish  kitchen  cars  or  field  ranges   for 
large   bodies,    a   portable   gas   cooker    will    be   supplied   when 
possible.     This  cooker  mayt  be  used  in  any  car  equipped  with 
the  Pintsch  gas  lighting  system,  and  has  a  capacity  for  pro- 
viding hot  coffee  and  hot  food  for  48  men. 

Cookers  to  be  kept  in  stock  at  recruit  depots 

161.  A  sufficient  number  of  these  cookers  should  be  kept 
in   stock   at   Recruit   Depots   to   take   care   of    movements   of 
recruits    where    kitchen    tourist    cars    are    not    authorized    or 
are  not  available. 

162.  The  cooker  can  be  used  as  follows: 

/.  When  traveling  by  Pullman  tourist  or  Standard  sleeping 
cars. 

//.     When  traveling  in  ordinary  day  coaches. 

///.  When  troops  accompany  horse  trains,  one  baggage  car 
lighted  with  Pintsch  gas  should  be  supplied  each  section.  A 
small  space  can  be  reserved  to  set  up  the  cooker,  which  in- 
sures hot  coffee  and  meals  for  the  attendants  and  guard. 
The  remainder  of  the  car  can  be  utilized  for  baggage,  equip- 
ments, and  supplies  needed  enroute. 

IV.  For  use  in  cars  composing  hospital  or  Red  Cross 
trains,  to  heat  water  and  prepare  soups,  broths,  and  other 
special  diet. 

Basis  for  furnishing  cookers 

163.  One  cooker   is   supplied   to  each   Pullman   tourist   or 
Standard  sleeping  car  or  day  coach  composing  the  train  and 
one  cooker  to  each  section  of  horse  trains. 

Directions  for  use 

164.  In    setting  up   the   gas   cooker,   the   work   should   be 
supervised  by  a  commissioned  officer.    If  none  is  present,  then 
by  the  noncommissioned  officer  in  charge. 


Handbook  of  Transportation  51 

1.  Unlock  trunk,  take   out  tray,   remove  covers,  and  take 
out  bucket,  boilers,  and  burner  and  stand. 

2.  Set  burner  and  stand  in  men's  wash  room  or  other  suit- 
able place  and  connect  same  with  the  nearest  four-tip  burner, 
as    follows :      Remove   glass    bowl    and    turn    over  to   porter. 
Unscrew  four-flame  cluster,  being  careful  not  to  unscrew  the 
cluster  stem.     Screw  short  piece  of  gas  tubing  to  cluster  stem 
where  four-cluster  flame  was  removed  by  the  coupling  at  one 
end  of   tubing.     Tnen  attach   long  piece   of   tubing   to   short 
piece  and  connect  with  the  burner  of  the  cooker.     After  the 
meal  has  been  prepared,  disconnect  long  piece  of  tubing  and 
allow  short  end  to  remain  attached  to  cluster  stem.     When  it 
is  desired  to  operate  the  cooker,  connect  long  piece  of  tubing 
to  short  piece. 

If  it  is  not  practicable  to  make  connections  with  a  four- 
flame  cluster,  connect  burner  of  cooker  with  a  one-burner 
bracket  lamp,  as  follows :  With  pliers  remove  gas  tip,  and 
loosen  governing  screw  so  as  to  insure  a  free  flow  of  gas. 
If  the  governing  screw  sticks,  tap  lightly  with  the  handle  of 
the  screwdriver  until  it  can  be  easily  removed.  Do  not  en- 
tirely unscrew  the  governing  screw.  Slip  rubber  end  of 
tubing  over  pillar,  and  connect  other  end  to  the  burner  of 
the  cooker. 

3.  The  connections  having  been  made,  turn  on  the  gas  at 
the  lamp  and  burner  of   the   cooker,   and   light   with  a   wax 
taper.     The  greatest  heat  is  obtained  by  having  a  strong  blue 
flame. 

4.  The    burner    being   lighted,    set    on    the    largest    copper 
boiler  if  it  is  desired  to  make  coffee.     The  boiler  should  be 
filled    about    two-thirds    full,    additional    water    being    added 
when  coffee  has  come  to  a  boil.     After  coffee  has  been  made, 
remove  and  set  boiler  on  one  of  the  asbestos  mats  to  prevent 
damage  to  the  floor  of  the  car.    The  second  boiler  is  then  set 

•  on  the  burner,  with  such  food  as  may  be  desired  to  cook. 
Water  must  be  added  to  prevent  burning  of  food  and  melting 
the  boilers.  Stirring  is  also  necessary  when  preparing  certain 
foods.  It  requires  about  one  hour  and  twenty  minutes  to 
prepare  coffee  and  cook  one  hot  dish  for  48  men.  After  the 
meal  is  prepared,  set  the  galvanized-iron  boiler  with  handles 
on  the  burner  with  water  for  washing  the  mess  kits  and 
utensils. 

Cautionary  directions 
165.     Caution : 
1.     Do  not  put  boilers  on  without  water  in  them. 


52  Handbook  of  Transportation 

2.  Always  add  a  little  water,  about   1   quart  to  every   10 
pounds  of  food,  to  prevent  burning. 

3.  Remove    the    coffee    and    hot    water    from    the    copper 
vessels  as  soon  as  practicable  to  preserve  the  tinning  on  in- 
side. 

4.  Look  at  gas  flame  occasionally  to  see  that  it  has  not 
blown  out. 

5.  To  reduce  gas  consumption  and  save  time,  get  hot  water 
for  washing  dishes  from  locomotive. 

6.  Never  light  the  gas  with  boiler  set  on  heater. 

7.  If  the  roadbed  is  rough  and  there  is  considerable  motion 
to  the  train,  secure  the  stand  and  burner  by  the  two  leather 
straps  furnished  with  the  cooker.     To  prevent  the  splashing 
of   water  when  coffee  is  being  made  or   water  heated,  place 
round  slop  board  in  the  boilers  so  as  to  counteract  the  motion 
of  the  car. 

8.  In   case   of   leaks   in   the  gas   tubing,   cut   at  leak  with 
sharp   knife   and   connect    the   two   pieces   of    tubing  with   a 
coupler,  wrapping  ends  of  tubing  with  wire. 

9.  Handle  the  equipment  intelligently  and  carefully.    Never 
pack  any  article  unless  clean  and  dry.     When  returned  to  a 
depot  or  post  the  equipment  should  be  completely  overhauled, 
cleaned,  and  tested. 

Requisition  for  gas  cooker,  etc. 

166.  For  composition  of  the  Gas  cooker,  instructions  as  to 
requisitions   and    suggestions   as   to     menus,    see    Subsistence 
Manual. 

Issue  and  return  of  cookers 

167.  Portable  gas  cookers  that  are  sent  with  recruits  from 
recruit   depots   should   be   returned   to   the   recruit   depots   as 
baggage  in  all  cases  where  practicable.     They  will  be  checked 
back  to  the  recruit  depots  on  the  return  transportation  of  the 
noncommissioned  officers  in  all  cases  where  the  carriers  will  • 
accept    them    as   baggage    without    assessing   excess    baggage 
charges,  and  in  all  such  cases  where  they  are  to  be  returned 
to   Jefferson   Barracks,   Mo.,   transportation   of   the   noncom- 
missioned officers  should  read  through  to  Jefferson  Barracks, 
with  the  St.  Louis  Iron  Mountain  &  Southern  Railway  Com- 
pany as  the  final  carrier.     If  the  carriers  refuse  to  accept  the 
portable   gas    cookers    as    baggage    without    assessing    excess 
baggage   charges,    the    cookers    will    be    turned    over    to    the 
quartermaster  for  shipment  back  to  the  recruit  depot  by  or- 
dinary freight  on  Government  bill  of  lading.     The  provisions 


Handbook  of  Transportation  53 

of  paragraph  255  and  256,  Subsistence  Manual,  1910,  will 
govern  in  the  issuance  and  return  of  these  portable  gas 
cookers.  (G.  O.,  11,  1915). 

Cleaning  mess  kits 

168.  Each  troop  car  will  have  a  sufficient  number  of  kettles 
or  boilers  and   clean  dish  towels  to  enable  the  men  to  wash 
their    individual    mess    kits.      Company    commanders    are    re- 
sponsible   for    the    providing    of    these    articles    and    for    the 
details  of   their   use. 

Packing  and  crating 

169.  Empty  boxes,  crates,  and  barrels  kept  on  hand  for  rail 
movements  of  troops   should  be  equitably  and  promtply  dis- 
tributed, and   lumber,   nails,   and   packing  materials  procured 
and    services    engaged,    within    the    limits    of    regulations,    to 
facilitate  the  preparation  of  property  for  shipment.     Owing  to 
the    limited    time    within    which    troops    usually    prepare    for 
departure  by  rail,  the  work  of  packing,  crating,  and  marking 
property  is  necessarily  done  by  the  troops  themselves,  but  the 
quartermaster  has   his    share   of  it   to   do.     The   duties   of   a 
shipping  quartermaster  before  the  departure  of  the  troops  are 
so  multitudinous  that  he  must  proceed  along  the  lines  of  a 
well  thought  out  scheme. 

Advice  to  commanding  officer  as  to  placing  of  cars 

170.  When  the  number  of  trains,  or  sections,  is  determined, 
the  commanding  officer  will  be  advised  by  the  quartermaster 
where  the  freight  and  passenger  equipment  for  each  section 
will  be  placed,  and  the  time  when  the  equipment  will  be  in 
position  for  loading. 

Marking  cars 

171.  As  soon  as  freight  cars  are  placed,  the  quartermaster 
will  mark  the  cars  in  chalk  with  the  letters  of  the  organization 
to    which    they    are    assigned.      Passenger    cars    will    not    be 
marked  until  after  train  sections  are  made  up. 

Quartermaster  to  be  present  at  entraining 

172.  The  quartermaster   who   provides  the   transportation, 
or  a   duly  authorized   representative,   will  be  present   at   the 
embarkation  of  the  troops,  and  will  see  that  the  accommoda- 
tions contracted   for  have  been  provided.     A  similar  course 
will  be  pursued,  where  practicable,  at  places  where  changes 
of  route  or  important  connections  are  to  be  made.     If  delay 
is  necessary  in  either  case  in  order  to  complete  the  arrange- 


54  Handbook  of  Transportation 

ments    for    transportation,    the    commanding    officer    of    the 
troops  will  be  fully  notified.  (A.  R.,  1114,  1913). 

In  accordance  with  the  above  paragraph  of  Regulations,  the 
quartermaster  furnishing  the  transportation,  if  practicable, 
and  if  not  his  agent  should  be  present  at  the  loading  of 
freight  and  troops.  He  should  examine  the  train  and  its 
equipment  and  see  that  the  railroad  company  has  complied 
fully  with  its  agreement.  His  presence  is  necessary  also  to 
adjust  matters  in  case  of  controversy  between  the  agents  of 
the  railroad  and  the  commanding  officer  of  the  troops. 

Detail  of  yardmaster 

173.  The   Quartermaster   will    detail   a   competent   enlisted 
man  or  employee  to  act  as  a  yardmaster  to  watch  progress  of 
loading,  keep  track  of  location  of  cars,  make  lists  of  cars  in 
each    train    section    and    to   keep    the    shipping   quartermaster 
generally  informed  as  to  progress  of  loading  so  that  he  can 
take  prompt  steps  to  prevent  any  undue  delay  and  give  prompt 
and  timely  Qrders  to  railroad  company   for  other  equipment 
needed. 

Duties  of  yardmaster 

174.  The    Quartermaster    will    instruct    the    wagonmaster 
when  and  where  to  send  the  wagons  to  haul  the  freight ;  to 
see    that    such    wagons    are    not   kept    unnecessarily    idle ;    to 
expedite  the  loading  of  animals  and  vehicles  by  hauling  the 
freight,    whenever    practicable    and    particularly    just    before 
loading    of    a    train    section    is    completed,    with    teams    and 
wagons   that   are   to   remain   behind ;   and   to  be   present   and 
assist  in  loading  wagon  transportation  on  the  cars. 

Loading  property 

175.  The  general  rule  for  loading  property  is  to  put  in  first 
such  articles  as  will  not  be  immediately  needed  on  arrival  des- 
tination. 

Order  of  loading 

176.  The  following  order  should  be  generally  observed*  in 
loading : 

1.  Company  property,  equipment  and  supplies,  not  needed 
in  transit  (in  box  cars  locked  and  sealed  by  railroad  em- 
ployees prior  to  departure  of  train)  ;  viz. : 

Company  property. 

Property  of  officers  and  men. 

Ammunition. 

Rations. 


Handbook  of  Transportation  55 

Sanitary  stores. 
Tentage. 
Cooking  utensils. 

2.  Transportation   (on  gondola  or  flat  cars),  viz.: 
Guns  and  artillery  carriages. 

Pontons. 
Wagons. 
Ambulances. 
Other  vehicles. 

3.  Forage  (in  box  cars). 

4.  Checkable   baggage,    rations   for  use   enroute   and   arms 
(in  baggage  and  kitchen  cars  under  guard). 

5.  Animals   (in  stock  cars). 

6.  Men   (in  coaches  or  sleepers). 

By  this  arrangement  the  articles  needed  first  will  be  un- 
loaded first.  The  cars  should  be  allotted,  marked,  and  loaded 
as  prescribed  in  paragraphs  179  to  196. 

If  two  or  more  sections 

177.  If  the  organization  is  to  be  shipped  in  two  or  more 
sections,   see -that  the   proper   baggage   cars   accompany   each 
section,    so    that   when   an    organization   arrives    in    camp    its 
baggage   will   be    with   it.      At   least   two    men    should   be   in 
each  unsealed  car  containing  baggage  or  rations. 

An  officer  to  supervise  loading 

178.  When  the  rail  estimates   (see  paragraph  115)  are  re- 
quested, the  quartermaster  should  arrange  with  the  command- 
ing officer   to   designate  a   battalion    (or   squadron)    quarter- 
master, or  other  officer,  to   superintend  the   loading  of  each 
train  section  and  collect  the  lists  of  property  put  in  each  car. 
From  this  officer  the  shipping  quartermaster  receives  the  lists 
of  contents  of  each  car,  as  stated  in  paragraph  186.     Should 
it  be  known  beforehand  what  the  contents  of  a  car  \vill  be, 
for  example;  when  a  battalion  of  Infantry  is  moved  utilizing 
a  single  freight  car  only,  the  shipping  quartermaster  should 
obtain  in  advance  from  the  organization  quartermaster  the  list 
and  weight  of  the  property  to  be  shipped. 

Duties  of  officer  supervising  loading 

179.  The  officer  designated  to  superintend  the  loading  of 
each   train    section    should   keep   a    list    showing    the    initials, 
number   and   contents   of   the   cars    loaded   under    his    super- 
vision ;    should    see    that    there    is    no    unnecessary    delay    in 


56  Handbook  of  Transportation 

placing  the  freight  in  the  cars ;  that  the  cars  are  fully  loaded ; 
and  that  the  work  is  properly  done.  He  should  also  see  that 
household  goods  are  loaded  in  separate  cars  (provided  there 
is  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  one  or  more  carloads),  and 
that  all  checkable  baggage  (the  150  Ibs.  per  passenger  each 
carried  free)  is  likewise  in  separate  cars  provided  for  the 
purpose.  As  far  as  practicable  the  property  of  each  organiza- 
tion should  be  kept  by  itself,  and  the  property  should  be 
placed  in  cars  in  the  order  indicated  in  paragraph  176.  He 
should  see  that  cars  are,  as  far  as  practicable,  loaded  to  their 
full  capacity,  as  the  railroad  tariffs  provide  a  minimum  weight 
(usually  30,000  Ibs.)  for  each  car  used,  and  the  charge  for 
this  weight  is  assessed  even  though  the  car  may  contain  only 
18,000  or  20,000  Ibs.,  or  a  less  number  of  pounds. 

Guarding  cars 

180.  In  case  the  loading  is  temporarily  stopped,  he  should 
see  that  the  freight  cars  are  securely  locked  or  placed  under 
suitable  guard.    Upon   the    completion   of    loading,   he   should 
likewise  see  that  the  freight  cars  are  securely  locked,  or  kept 
under  suitable  guard,  until  sealed  by  the  railroad  authorities. 

Organization  to  load  and  unload 

181.  At  the  proper  time   loading  is  begun   and  is   carried 
on,  by  the  troops,  pursuant  to  the  orders  of  the  commander. 
Heavy  property  may  be  loaded  by  details  before  the  arrival 
of  the  troops  (F.S.R.  No.' 393).  Where  the  organization  takes 
its  property  with  it  on  the  same  train  or  other  conveyance, 
the  property  is  only  constructively  turned  over  to  the  shipping 
quartermaster.     The  organization  commander,  or  organization 
quartermaster,   supervises  and  checks  the  loading  of  it  upon 
the   cars,  also  supervises  and   checks  the  property   from   the 
cars   at   destination.     The    shipping  quartermaster   makes   up 
the  transportation  requests  and  bills  of  lading  from  the  data 
furnished  to  him  on  the  shipping  list  or  shipping  invoices  and 
the  list  of  personnel. 

N.  C.  O.  to  be  assigned  to  each  car 

182.  The  kind  and  weight  of  all  property  loaded  in  each 
car  must  be  shown.     To  accomplish  this,  when  organizations 
take  their  property  with  them,  the  commanding  officer  should 
assign  a  competent  non-commissioned  officer  or  enlisted  men 
to  each  car  with  instructions  to  make  a  list  of  boxes,  barrels, 
crates,  bundles,  and  other  packages,  and  the  weight  of  each. 
Separate  lists  of  property  should  be  made  for  each  organiza- 
tion and  the  number  of  the  car  and  the  initials   of  the  line 


Handbook  of  Transportation  57- 

to  which  it  belongs  must  be  sho\vn  on  each  list.  The  property 
is  thus  checked  into  the  cars,  and  in  the  same  manner  it 
should  be  checked  from  them  at  destination,  in  each  case 
the  organization  commander  exercising  such  supervisions  as 
to  insure  that  the  checking  is  properly,  done. 

Expediting  lists 

183.  The  lists  showing  the  contents  of  each  car  are  neces- 
sary in  the  preparation   of  the  bill  of  lading,  and  the  latter 
must  be  made  out  and  in  the  hands  of  the  train  quartermaster 
before  departure  of  the  train.     Every  effort  should  be  made 
to    expedite    this   information    to    furnish    it   to    the    shipping- 
quartermaster  as  soon  as  possible,  and,  in  any  event,  before 
loading  is  completed.     If  time  admits,  and,  in  any  event,  be- 
fore loading  is  completed.     If  time  admits,  the  organization 
quartermaster    shoifld    consolidate    the    lists    and    make   up    a 
shipping  invoice  in   duplicate  on  Form   No.   201,   Q.M.C.,   for 
each  train  section.    The  shipping  invoice  should  contain  lists 
of  property  of  each  organization,  separately  stated,  the  total 
weight  of  the  property,  the  number  of  vehicles  and  the  num- 
ber of  animals,  and  must  show  the  number  and  initials  of  the 
car  into  which  the  property  of  each  organization  and  that  of 
the   officers    has   been    loaded.      The   list   or   shipping   invoice 
should    be    complete    in    every    detail,    so    that    the    shipping 
quartermaster  can  make  up  his  bill  of  lading  without  delay. 
The   organization   commander   or   organization    quartermaster 
must  also  submit  a  list  giving  the  names   of   owners  of  au- 
thorized private  horses,  the  number  owned  by  each,  and  also 
the  Humber  of  horses  in  excess  of  the  authorized  number,  if 
any. 

Suggestions  as  to  numbering  property 

184.  The  following  system  will  greatly  simplify  the  mak- 
ing up   the   shipping   invoices   by   the   officer  and   the   bill   of 
lading  by  the  quartermaster.    Do  not  begin  to  number  con- 
tainers until   everything  is  packed.     Then   put  all   the   boxes 
in   one   place,    all   barrels   in   another,    and    pursue    the    same 
practice  with   other  parcels,   and  number.     All  containers   of 
the    same   kind   will   then    have   consecutive   numbers.      Then 
make  up  shipping  invoice  in  the  following  manner. 

Nos.      1  to  60 — Sixty  boxes  company  property Wt.—   — , 

cu.   ft. . 


58  Handbook  of  Transportation. 

Nos.  61  to  75 — Fifteen  crates  company  property Wt.—   -, 

cu.   ft. . 

Nos.  75  to  80 — Five  bundles  clothing,  etc.,  company  prop- 
erty, etc., • Wt.-  -,  cu.  ft.-  — . 

If  shipping  invoices  are  made  up  in  this  way,  it  makes 
much  less  work  for  all  concerned.  The  number  of  cubic  feet 
is  necessary  only  for  over-sea  shipment. 

Trunk  lockers 

185.  Lockers    are   classed   as   checkable   baggage   and   are 
carried  free.     They  must  be  loaded  in  baggage  car  or  in  box~ 
car  assigned  as  baggage  cars.     Baggage  should  not  be  loaded 
in  cars  with  other  freight.     Checkable  baggage  not  exceeding 
150  pounds  per  passenger  is  carried  free  by  the  railroads,  and 
therefore  the  weight  should  not  be  included  with  weight  of 
other  baggage.  % 

Lists  of  personnel 

186.  The  quartermaster  of  the  entire  command  should  sub- 
mit a  list  to  the  shipping  quartermaster  on  Q.  M.   C.  Form 
469,  giving  the  following  information  for  each  section. 

(1)  Number  of  officers   (including  medical  officers.} 

(2)  Number  of    enlisted   men    (including   Hospital    Corps 
and  Quartermaster  Corps  men.) 

(3)  Number  of  civilians  traveling   on  government  trans- 
portation. 

(4)  Number  of  animals. 

(5)  Number  of  stock  attendants. 

Attendants  for  live  stock 

187.  The  number  of  attendants   for  animals  is  placed   on 
the  bill  of  lading,  and,  therefore,  should  not  be  included  in 
the  number  called  for  on  the  transportation  request.     If  this 
is  not  carefully  looked  after,  the  government  will  be  paying 
double  fares  for  these  attendants. 

Loading  the  impedimenta 

188.  The  impedimenta,  baggage,  and  rations  should  be  so 
loaded  that  no  difficulty  will  be  had  in  unloading  and  separat- 
ing them  and  distributing  them  to  the  proper  owners.     The 
same  noncommissioned  officers   who  superintend   the  loading 
should     be  assigned  the   same  duty  in   unloading.     All   such 
property,  except  the  light  hand  baggage  of  officers  and  blanket 
roll  of  enlisted  men,   should  be  placed  in  the  cars  prior  to 


Handbook  of   Transportation  59 

entraining  the  troops,  leaving  nothing  to  go  into  the  passenger 
coaches  and  sleepers  except  that  which  will  be  carried  on  the 
hacks  of  the  men  and  in  the  hand,  so  that  as  the  troops  are 
detrained  the  coaches  will  be  left  entirely  free  of  any  form  of 
impedimenta,  and  can  at  once  be  taken  away  by  the  railroad 
company.  The  property  and  baggage  of  each  company  will 
be  stored  separately  as  far  as  possible.  Every  article  of  bag- 
gage and  property  should  be  plainly  marked  or  labeled.  It  is 
not  practicable  to  furnish  checks  tfor  this  class  of  property. 
The  travel  rations  for  the  journey,  unless  distributed  to  the 
troops,  should  be  placed  in  an  open  end  baggage  or  freight 
car,  next  the  leading  coach. 

Loading  vehicles  set  up 

189.  The  most  suitable  car  for  lading  vehicles,  shipped  on 
their  own  wheels,  of  all  kinds    (except  motor  vehicles),  in- 
cluding Artillery,  Engineer  and  Signal  Corps  organizations  is 
the  36  foot,  drop-end,  gondola   (coal)  car.     Where  there  are 
a  large  number  of  vehicles  to  load,  the  entire  number  of  cars 
necessary  can  be  placed  at  one  time,  coupled  together,  a  ramp 
placed  at  the  end  of  the  string  of  cars  and  the  vehicles  run 
on  the  end  car  and  pushed  to  the  other  end  of  the  line  of 
cars   until   all   are   loaded.     After   the   loading   is   completed, 
2x4  scantlings  should  be  spike  to  the  floor,  outside  of  the 
wheels,  to  prevent  lateral  movements.     Chocks,  at  least  three 
inches  high  and  of  sufficient  width,  or  suitable  skids,  should 
be  spiked  in  place  in  front  and  in  the  rear  of  the  wheels  to 
prevent    longitudinal    movements.      Five    inch    spikes,    or    40 
penny  nails,  should  be  used  for  the  nailing.     The  drop-ends 
should  be  raised  and  secured.     If  drop-end  gondolas  cannot 
be  secured,  the  solid  and  gondola  will  not  answer  the  purpose 
but  an  equal  number  of  36  foot  flat  cars  should  be  substituted 
in  lieu  of  the  drop-end  gondolas.     These  should  be  loaded  as 
outlined  above  and,  after  the  loading  is  completed,  should  be 
chocked    and    blocked    as    described    above.      A    further    pre- 
caution   may   be   taken   to    prevent    shifting   by   using  gunny 
sacks,  doubling  them  twice,  and  passing  over  the  felloe  next 
the  floor  and  spiking  down  on  each  side. 

Loading  field  artillery 

190.  Field  Artillery  is   loaded  by  the  organizations  them- 
selves, the  36-ft.  gondola  or  flat  car  being  used.     Six  of  such 
cars  are  required  for  the  transportation  of  the  carriages  of 
a  Battery  on  a  war  footing  and  five  for  a  battery  on  a  peace- 
footing. 


60  Handbook  of  Transportation 

Cars  1,  2,  3,  and  4  each  carry  a  gun  section  complete  and  1 
extra  caisson  with  its  limber. 

Cars  5  and  6  each  carry  two  caissons  and  limbers,  and 
either  the  store  wagon  or  battery  wagon  with  its  limber. 

If  there  are  but  eight  caissons  only  five  cars  are  required, 
the  fifth  car  carrying  only  the  store  and  battery  wagons  with 
their  limbers. 

If  cars  of  from  38  to  42  feet  in  length  are  used,  an  extra 
carriage  with  its  limber  may  be  loaded  on  each  car  carrying  a 
gun  section. 

Field  wagons  and  reel  carts  should  be  placed  end  to  and, 
three  to  a  car,  wheels  chocked,  the  poles  of  wagons  being  de- 
tached, if  necessary,  and  reel  carts  unlimbered. 

Loading  engineer  and  signal  corps 

191.  Engineer  and.  Signal  Corps  organizations  will  also  be 
loaded  on  cars  by  the  organizations  themselves,  gondola  or 
flat  cars  being  used  for  the  vehicles. 

To  transport  the  bridge  equipage  of  engineer  organizations 
by  rail  will  require  the  following  number  of  cars : 

A  division  of  heavy  equipage — Ten  40-ft.  cars;  or  thirteen 
36-ft.  cars ;  or  five  40-ft.  and  five  36-ft.  cars. 

A  division  of  light  equipage — Seven  40-ft.  cars ;  or  ten  36- 
ft  cars. 

Where  mixed  lengths  of  cars  are  furnished  the  number^of 
cars  required  may  be  determined  from  the  table  showing 
what  each  car  will  accommodate : 

HEAVY  EQUIPAGE. 

40  foot  cars. 

One  ponton  wagon  and  one  chess  wagon,  or 
One  ponton  wagon  and  one  tool  wagon,  or 
One  trstle  wagon  and  one  chess  wagon,  or 
One  trestle  wagon  and  one  chess  wagon,  or 
Two  chess  wagons,  or 
Two  tool  wagons,. or 
One  chess  wagon  and  one  tool  wagon 

36  foot  cars. 
One  ponton  wagon,  or 
One  trestle  wagon,  or 
Two  chess  wagons,  or 
Two  tool  wagons,  or 
One  chess  wagon  and  one  tool  wagon 


HancVbook  of  Transportation  61 

LIGHT  EQUIPAGE. 
40  foot  cars. 

One  tool  wagon  and  one  trestle  wagon,  or 
One  ponton  wagon  and  one  chess  wagon,  or 
Two  ponton  wagons,  or 
One  trestle  wagon.- 

36  foot  cars. 

One  tool  wagon  and  one  chess  wagon,  of 
One  trestle  wagon,  or 
One  ponton   wagon,   or 
One  chess  wagon. 

Loading  ambulances 

192.  Except    for    short   journeys,    ambulances    should    be 
knocked   down  before  loading.    Use  a  flat  car  36  feet  long 
Take  the  beds  off  the  running  gears  by  unscrewing  nuts  from 
the  bolts  that  hold  the  sills  of  the  beds  to  the  running  gears. 
Also  take  off  the  rear  steps.     Six  beds  can"  now  be  placed  on 
the  car  by  taking  the  first  bed  and  placing  it  in  one  corner  of 
the  car   (its  length  parallel  to  the  car),  the  side  of  the  bed 
coming  out  to  the  stakes,  or  the  places  for  stakes  on  side  of 
car.     Place  the  second  bed  alongside  of  the  first,  allowing  it 
to  slip  back  2  inches  on  account  of  the  sills.     Arrange  the 
other   four  beds  behind  the  first  pair,  well   closed  up;   then 
put  in   stout  stakes  and  coyer  ambulance  tops  with  paulins 
or  old  canvas,  as  a  protection  to  the  tops   from  sparks.     It 
is  very  important  that  the  nuts  should  be  put  back  in  their 
proper  places.     Secure  the  water  tanks  on  ambulances,  and 
place  the  running  gears  in  a  box  car  and  number  them  cor- 
responding to  the  ambulances,  if  the  ambulances  are  of  dif- 
ferent makes.     For  short  journeys  take  off  wheels  and  rear 
steps  and  unyoke  axles   from  springs.     For  the   axles   sub- 
stitute  a  piece  of  hard   wood,   which   should   not  be   longer 
than  the  width  of  ambulance.    Crate  wheels  and  put  inside  of 
ambulance,  bracing  same,  so  there  will  be  no  liability  of  in- 
jury to  sides. 

Loading  wagons 

193.  Remove  the  beds  from  the  running  gears  and  take  off 
the  rear  gates.    Get  a  36-foot  flat  car,  or  even  a  longer  one. 
Place  the  first  bed  in  one  corner  of  the  car  (its  length  par- 
allel to  the  car),  so  that  its  side  will  come  out  to  the  stakes 
or  places  for  stakes  on   side  of  car.     Take  the  second  bed, 
reverse  it  so  that  the  front  end  shall  be  opposite  rear  end  of 


62  Handbook  of  Transportation 

first  wagon,  turn  it  bottom  up,  and  place  it  partly  inside  and 
partly  outside  of  the  first  bed,  the  inner  sides  being  close 
together.  This  arrangement  forms  a  box,  with  closed  ends, 
which  can  be  filled  with  parts  of  the  body  and  running  gear. 
Place  the  third  and  fourth  beds,  similarly  arranged,  along- 
side of  the  first  and  second,  and  continue  the  same  arrange- 
ment to  the  other  end  of  the  car.  In  this  way,  12  beds  can 
be  put  in  first  layer  on  car. 

Arrange  the  second,  third,  and  fourth  layers  similarly,  and 
secure  the  beds  by  stout  stakes  and  wire.  Forty-eight  beds, 
with  parts,  can  thus  be  shipped  on  one  flat  car,  the  running 
gears  being  placed  in  a  box  car.  Put  back  all  nuts  in  proper 
place.  Wagons  that  have  been  used  should  never  have  the 
bodies  knocked  down  and  loaded  in  box  cars,  because  in  en- 
deavoring to  take  off  the  nuts,  which  are  sure  to  be  rusted, 
the  outside  braces  and  inside  straps  are  twisted  and  the  bolt 
ends  broken  off,  rendering  the  wagons  unserviceable.  By 
loading  as  above  described,  no  damage  is  done  the  bed  or 
running  gear  and  the  wagons  are  easily  set  up  when  destina- 
tion is  reached.  It  is  not  necessary  to  number  the  beds,  run- 
ning gear,  etc.,  except  when  wagons  of  different  patterns  are 
shipped.  If  tunnels  are  on  the  line  of  road  or  clearance  is 
limited  for  any  other  reason,  load  only  three  layers,  or  36 
wagons  on  each  car. 

Loading  motor  vehicles 

194.  Automobile  cars  should  be  provided  if  possible,  but 
whenever  impracticable  to  obtain   them   motor  vehicles  may 
be  loaded  on  flat  cars  or  coal  cars  from  which  one  end  has 
been  removed.     The  best  type  of   automobile  car  is  similar 
to  a  furniture  car  with  a  large  door  at  each  end.    Others  are 
provided  with  an  extra  wide  door  at  side.    When  not  loaded 
in  box  cars  they  will  be  securely  fastened  to  prevent  shifting 
of  position  and  be  properly  protected  by  paulins.    All  loose 
and  detachable  articles   must  be  placed  in  strong  boxes  and 
securely  attached  to  vehicles  or  floor  of  car.    Water  tanks  on 
vehicles  operated  by  gasoline  or  naptha  will  be  emptied  when 
shipments  are  made  during  freezing  weather.     Gasoline  tanks 
will  be  emptied,  and  batteries  of  electrically  propelled  vehicles 
discharged,  before  shipment. 

Loading  harness  and  wagon  parts 

195.  The  harness  is  carried  in  a  box  car.     When  sacks  are 
available,  the  harness  of  each  pair  is  sacked,  plainly  marked, 
and  stored  in   the  box  car.     If   sacks  are  not  available,  the 


Handbook  of  Transportation  63 

wagon  cover  may  be  used  to  wrap  the  harness  pertaining  to 
a  single  wagon.  Tongues,  spare  reaches  and  double-trees 
should  be  placed  in  wagon  bed.  The  wagon  whip,  mule 
blankets,  and  small  accessories  that  can  not  be  locked  into  the 
tool  and  jockey  boxes,  should  be  loaded  into  the  harness  car. 
For  long  journeys  an  extra  car  may  be  required  for  forage. 

Loading  animals 

196.  Except  in  hot  weather,  pack  as  many  animals  in  the 
car  as  you  can,  as  they  will  ride  better  than  if  loosely  packed. 
If  an  animal  happens  to  fall  down  in  the  car  it  will  be  almost 
impossible  for  it  to  get  up  and  the  probabilities  are  it  will  be 
trampled  to  death.  For  this  reason  load  sick  or  injured 
animals  in  car  by  themselves,  and  build  separate  stalls  for 
each  animal,  if  practicable,  unless  palace  cars  are  furnished. 

Before  loading,  examine  car  carefully  to  see  that  the  floor 
boards  are  not  rotten  or  broken,  that  the  sides  are  secure, 
and  that  there  are  no  projecting  nails  or  splinters.  The  car 
should  be  clean  and  the  floor  covered  with  sand  or  sawdust. 
The  man  in  charge  should  be  provided  with  a  standard 
lantern,  bucket,  and  a  hatchet.  Where  the  boards  on  sides 
of  car  are  not  close  together  an  animal  is  liable  to  get  his 
hoof  between  the  boards,  and  when  other  means  fail  to  dis- 
engage it  a  hatchet  is  useful  in  cutting  away  a  part  of  the 
board.  Where  cars  contain  hayracks  and  water  troughs,  see 
that  they  are  in  good  condition. 

"Animals  can  be  conveniently  loaded  through  chutes  of 
stock  yards,  or  from  freight  platforms  level  with  the  car 
floors.  In  other  cases  portable  or  improvised  ramps  will  have 
to  be  used.  *  *  *  The  loading  should  proceed  without  noise 
or  confusion,  the  animals  being  led  quietly  to  the  car  door 
and  turned  over  to  the  four  men,  two  for  each  end,  who  do 
the  loading.  *  *  *  Gentle  animals  should  be  placed  opposite 
the  doors,  and  are  therefore  loaded  last."  (F.  S.  R.  393,  1914). 

The  ordinary  method  in  loading  animals  is  to  use  the  rail- 
road platform,  or  the  loading  ramp  found  at  railroad  stations, 
or,  if  necessary,  make  a  ramp,  well  supported  and  with  strong 
sides.  In  the  field  much  time  and  labor  may  be  saved  by 
carrying  material  for  ramps  ready  prepared  on  the  flat  cars 
with  the  wagons.  Lead  the  animals  by  halters  and  straps  up 
the  ramp  in  single  file  and  into  the  car,  and  take  off  the  halter 
straps.  The  first  animal  should  be  led  into  one  end  of  the 
car  and  the  second  to  the  other  end,  leaving  the  center  of 
the  car  for  the  last  animals  loaded.  Arrange  the  animals  so 
that  trie  alternate  ones  shall  face  in  the  same  direction. 


64  Handbook  of  Transportation 

Teams  of  mules  should  be  loaded  and  should  stand  in  the 
cars  as  they  are  driven  together  in  the  team.  Mules  should 
be  tagged  with  numbers,  so  as  to  be  quickly  identified.  Horses 
used  to  service  together  should  be  loaded  together  into  the 
cars.  If  necessary  for  indentification,  they  should  be  tagged. 

Do  the  loading  quietly,  and  have  the  animals  follow  one  an- 
other promptly,  so  as  to  avoid  delay,  and  to  keep  the  animals 
moving  otherwise  they  may  be  disposed  to  balk.  In  some 
cases  it  may  be  necessary  to  blindfold  an  animal  before  he 
can  be  led  into  the  car.  An  obstinate  animal  can  be  made  to 
enter  by  holding  its  head  up,  twisting  its  tail,  and  pushing  it 
by  main  force  into  the  car.  A  rope  or  strap  passed  in  rear 
of  the  haunches  and  drawn  forward  by  a  man  at  each  end  is 
often  effective  in  urging  an  animal  along  the  ramp.  Before 
loading  see-  that  door  on  farther  side  of  car  is  closed  and 
fastened,  and  after  loading  is  complete  fasten  the  second  door. 

In   shipments  of  less  than  carload  lots  a  barrel  of  water, 
with  a  block  of  wood  to  prevent  splashing,    should  be   sup-, 
plied. 

"On  account  of  danger  from  fire,  neither  hay  nor  straw  is 
carried  in  stock  cars.  A  short  ration  of  grain  (about  6 
pounds)  is  sufficient  to  supply  animals  while  traveling  by  rail." 
(F.  S.  R.  339,  1914). 

"Smoking  is  prohibited  in  cars  loaded  with  animals  or 
forage."  (F.  S.  R.,  396,  1914). 

Animals  carried  in  ordinary  stock  cars  should  be  unloaded 
and  exercised  as  a  rule  once  in  twenty-eight  hours. 

"When  the  stock  cars  provided  are  such  that  the  animals 
can  be  fed  and  watered  on  the  trains,  it  is  unnecessary  to 
unload  them  for  exercise  or  recuperation  unless  the  weather 
is  very  hot  and  the  journey  long."  (F.  S.  R.  398,  1914). 

When  unloading  animals,  the  door  should  not  be  opened 
until  the  car  is  opposite  the  unloading  point. 

"Animals  are  unloaded  quietly,  each  one  being  led  to  the 
opening  so  that  his  body  will  be  athwart  the  car  before  leav- 
ing it."  (F.  S.  R.  401). 

For  further  information  relative  to  shipments  of  animals, 
see  Transportation  of  Animals,  Paragraphs  298  to  321. 

Household  goods  of  officers  and  others 

197.     All    officers    and    noncommissioned    officers    shipping 
household  goods  must  submit  to  the  shipping  quartermaster: 
office  at  the  earliest  practicable  moment  an  accurate  list   or 
shipping  invoice  of  such  property.     The  household  goods 
officers   and   others   that   accompany   troops    on    a   change   oi 


Handbook  of  Transportation  65 

station,  will,  if  there  is  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  one  or 
more  carloads,  be  loaded  in  separate  cars  from  other  property 
and  be  described  on  bill  of  lading  as  "Household  Goods." 
All  the  instructions  shown  under  "'Transportation  of  Baggage, 
Household  Goods  and  Personal  Effects,"  paragraphs  322  to 
351,  are  applicable  to  shipments  made  in  connection  with  the 
movement  of  troops  as  well  as  those  made  individually. 

Issue  bills  of  lading 

198.  The   quartermaster    should   begin   the    preparation    of 
the  bills  of  lading  as  soon  as  the  necessary  preliminary  in- 
formation is  received  and  they  should  be  completed  as  rapidly 
as  possible.     One  bill  of  lading  may  include  all   the   freight 
for  one   section,   other   than   animals,   but   the   better  way   is 
to  issue  one  bill  of  lading  for  the  vehicles,  one  for  the  house- 
hold goods,   one   for  guns  and  one   for  the  impedimenta,   of 
each  section.     Care  should  be  taken  that  bills   of   lading  do 
not  include  cars  of  two  different  sections,  the  bills  of  lading 
must   show    the    car   numbers    and    initials    and    the   property 
loaded  in,  or  on,  each  car  in  order  that  it  may  be  checked  at 
destination.      Separate    bills   of    lading   for   each   car   of    live 
stock  are  advisable  for  the  reasons  shown  in  paragraph  303. 

Disposition  of  transportation  request 

199.  In  order  to  prevent  delay  in   delivering   the   bills   of 
lading  to  the  last  carrier  at  destination,  they  should  be  handed 
to  the  train   quartermaster  who   should  not   fail   to  properly 
accomplish  and  deliver  them  to  the  railroad  agent  at  the  point 
of    destination,    except    that    where    there    is    an    established 
quartermaster  at  destination,  the  bills  of  lading  will  be  turned 
over  to  the  latter  for  accomplishment,  together  with  a  state- 
ment by  the  train  quartermaster  that   all   property   has  been 
received   in  good   condition,   or,   if   there   is   any   shortage  or 
damage,    with    a    statement    of    articles    damaged,    cause    of 
damage,  and  the  money  value. 

Entraining  troops 

200.  The   commanding  officer  of  the  troops   should   detail 
an   officer   as   entraining  officer,   to   proceed   to    the   point   of 
entraining  in  advance  of  the  arrival  of  the  command,  to  ar- 
range, in  conjunction  with  the  quartermaster,  for  the  proper 
assignment  of  the  cars  to  the  command.     The  quartermaster 
should  cause  all  cars  to  be  marked  writh  chalk,  designating  the 
organization  to  occupy  each,  and  the  number  of  men  for  each 
car.     These  marks   should  be  placed  on  the   side  of  the   car 


66  Handbook  of  Transportation 

near  the  steps.  He  will  furnish  each  organization  with  a 
written  memorandum,  showing  the  number  of  the  train, 
number  and  kind  of  cars,  the  direction  headed,  the  point 
where  located  on  the  tracks,  the  point  for  entraining,  and  the 
hour  for  entraining  and  dispatch. 

The  commanding  officer,  unless  he  performs  this  duty  in 
person,  should  cause  the  entraining  officer  to  make  a  recon- 
naissance of  the  approaches,  so  that  the  entraining  can  take 
place  without  confusion  or  delay  and  without  interrupting 
other  traffic. 

The  troops  should  be  marched  to  the  entraining  point,  not 
more  than  fifteen  minutes  before  the  time  fixed  for  the  de- 
parture of  the  train. 

If  necessary,  a  guard  will  be  established  in  the  vicinity  of 
the  point  of  entraining,  the  necessity  of  which  will  be  deter- 
mined, under  direction  of  the  commanding  officer,  by  the  staff 
officer  sent  to  reconnoiter  the  route.  If  a  guard  is  required 
about  the  approaches,  it  will  precede  the  troops ;  and  as  soon 
as  the  latter  are  entrained,  it  will  quickly  follow. 

The  entraining  officer  will,  as  the  command  approaches, 
indicate  to  each  company  commander  the  car  or  cars  he  is 
to  occupy,  and  the  company  commander  will  march  his  com- 
mand directly  aboard,  using  but  one  end  of  the  car  when  he 
is  to  occupy  the  entire  car  or  a  part  thereof.  The  men  in  the 
lead  should  be  directed  to  proceed  at  once  to  their  places  in 
the  car,  so  as  not  to  block  the  aisles. 

The  men  as  soon  as  entrained  will  at  once  be  cautioned  in 
the  economical  use  of  water,  as  few  cars  are  equipped  to 
furnish  more  than  a  meagre  supply.  A  supplementary  supply 
should  be  provided  by  arranging  with  the  railroad  company 
to  place  a  barrel  filled  with  water  on  the  platform  of  each 
coach.  Such  provision  should  be  made  a  part  of  the  agree- 
ment. 

Commanding  officers  will  be  held  responsible  that  no  un- 
authorized person  or  baggage  is  permitted  on  board  the  train. 

All  movements  of  the  troops  in  loading,  entraining,  and  de- 
training, feeding  and  watering,  and  exercising  men  and  horses 
are  made,  as  a  rule,  in  military  formation  pursuant  to  com- 
mand, thus  avoiding  confusion  and  saving  time.  (F.S.R.  395, 
1914.) 

Issuing  transportation  request 

201.  When  the  quartermaster  receives  the  list  of  personnel 
referred  to  in  paragraph  186,  he  will  issue  two  transportation 
requests  for  each  train  section,  one  for  the  rail  transportation 


Handbook  of  Transportation  67 

and  the  other  for  the  sleeping  car  transportation,  care  being 
taken  that  each  request  includes  only  the  officers  and  men  of 
that  particular  section  and  that  it  does  not  include  the  at- 
tendants for  animals,  who  will  be  shown  on  bill  of  lading. 

A  quartermaster  who  provides  the  transportation  for  troops 
will  notify,  by  mail  or  telegraph,  the  quartermasters  at  places 
where  changes  of  route  are  to  be  made,  or  means  of  trans- 
portation are  to  be  changed,  of  the  day  on  which  the  troops 
will  start,  their  route,  destination,  the  number  of  officers,  en- 
listed men,  and  animals,  and  the  quantity  of  public  property 
and  baggage  for  which  transportation  will  be  required.  (A. 
R.,  1113,  1913.) 

Disposition  of  transportation  requests 

202.  The  transportation  request  for  each  section  will  be 
turned  over  to  the  quartermaster  of  that  section  who  should 
take  a  record  of  the  serial  number,  number  of  persons,  date 
and   name   of    quartermaster    issuing   the    transportation    re- 
quests given  to  him  for  both  the  rail  and  sleeping  car  requests. 
The  train  quartermaster   will,   if  possible,   arrange   with   the 
conductor,  or  railroad  representative  on  the  train,  to  take  up 
the  request  after  the  passengers  have  been  counted  and  veri- 
fied,  which  should  be  done  by  the  train  quartermaster  and 
conductor,  jointly,  as  early  as  practicable  after  the  Journey 
begins. 

If  less  men  on  train  than  called  for  by  transportation  re- 
quest 

203.  If  it  is   found   that  the  number   of   men   for  whom 
tickets  should  be  furnished  is  less  than  that  called  for  on  the 
request,  a  proper  notation  to  that  effect  should  be  made  on 
the  back  of  the  request  by  the  train  quartermaster  over  his 
initials  before  delivery  to  the  railroad  representative. 

If  more  men  on  train  than  called  for  by  transportation 
request 

204.  In  case  more  men  are  found  on  the  train  than  the 
transportation  request  called   for  or  for  whom  tickets  were 
obtained,  the  commanding  officer  of  the  train  should  make  out 
a  certificate  in  this  form  and  deliver  it  to  the  conductor  of 
the  train  for  both  the  excess  rail  and  sleeping-car  transpor- 
tation. 

Copy  of  certificate  should  be  sent  to  disbursing  quarter- 
master settling  the  accounts,  or,  if  his  address  is  not  known, 
to  the  shipping  quartermaster  to  be  forwarded  by  him. 


68  Handbook  of  Transportation 

"I  certify  that  . 


(Rail   or   sleeper   transportation — state   class.) 

has  been  furnished  by  

(State  initial   carrier   or   sleeping-car   company.) 

for  .- in  addition  to  the  

(Enlisted   men   or    officers.) 

called  for  on  Transportation  Request  No. 

(State  number.) 

issued  by   

for   enroute  from   

(State  command.) 

to   per  

date    ,   191     . 


Commanding. 

If  tickets  are  used 

205.  If  the  train  quartermaster  is  unable  to  arrange  for  the 
transportation  requests  being  taken  up  after  departure  of  the 
train,  he  will  present  transportation  request  to  station  agent 
and  obtain  tickets  in  such  a  manner  that  he  can  deliver  to 
the  conductor  the  exact  number  of  tickets  for  the  men  on  the 
train.     For  example :    Supposing  the  command    consisted   of 
300   and   transportation   request  has   been   obtained   for   that 
number,  the  quartermaster  of  the  section  should  get  one  rail- 
road ticket  calling  for  290  men  and  10  single  tickets.     The 
necessary  number  of  single  tickets  can  be  withheld  for  any 
men  who  fail  to  get  on  the  train.     In  case  any  single  tickets 
are  withheld  they  should  be  returned  promptly  to  the  shipping 
quartermaster  in  order  that  he  may  forward  them  to  the  dis- 
bursing quartermaster  to  be  deducted  from  the  amount  to  be 
paid  on  the  transportation  request. 

Train  quartermaster  should  have  copy  of  contract 

206.  The  train  quartermaster  should  obtain  from  the  ship- 
ping quartermaster  a  copy  of  the  contract  or  agreement  to 
enable  him  to  know  what  is  required  of  the  railroad  enroute. 

Should  list  cars  in  his  train 

207.  Before   leaving   the   initial   point  he   should   make   a 
careful  list  of  all  the  freight  cars  in  the  train,  showing  the 
car  number  and  the  initials  of  the  cars.    This  for  use  in  case 
any  cars  should  go  astray.    Cars  should  be  verified  frequently 
enroute. 

Coal  and  ice  used  in  kitchen  cars 

208.  Where  a  kitchen  car  is  used  the  quartermaster  of  the 
train  must  keep  an  account  of  the  ice  used  for  the  preserva- 


Handbook  of  Transportation  69 

tion  of  stores  and  coal  used  for  cooking  in  the  car,  in  order 
that  he  may  be  in  a  position  to  furnish  the  certificates  re- 
quired by  paragraph  152. 

Commander  of  troops  sole  intermediary 

209.  The  commander  is  the  sole  intermediary  between  the 
troops  and  the  railroad  personnel.     In   cases  of   deficiencies 
and  other  matters  requiring  correction,  he  addresses  himself 
to  the  official  in  charge  only  (F.S.R.  396). 

Action  in  case  of  delay  en  route 

210.  The  commanding  officer  of  ea'ch  train  section,  if  there 
is  any  unusual  delay  enroute,  should  first  take  up  the  matter 
with  the  conductor,  or  special  agent  aboard;  but  if  the  delay 
still  continues  after  a  reasonable  time  has  elapsed,  he  should 
communicate  by  wire  with  the  division  superintendent  of  the 
railroad  company  advising   him  of  the   delay  and  requesting 
prompt  action,  as  to  forwarding. 

Should  see  that  no  excess  accommodations  are  used 

211.  He  should  bear  in  mind  that  the  contract,  or  agree- 
ment, with  the  railroad  company  is  the  basis  for  payment  for 
the   accommodations   furnished ;  and   insofar  as   the  military 
passengers  aboard  are  concerned,  he  should  therefore  see  that 
no  seats,  berths,  or  other  accommodations,  in  excess  of  those 
authorized  by  regulations  or  provided  for  in  the  contract  or 
agreement  are  used  when  it  can  be  avoided.     He  should  keep 
data  regarding  such  delays  enroute  and  other  matters  as  com- 
pel his  command  to  unavoidably  use  the  railway  equipment 
beyond  the  scheduled  time  for  arrival,  including  a  reasonable 
time  for  detraining  and  unloading. 

Additional  occupancy  of  sleeping  cars 

212.  If  the  command  arrives  at  its  destination  before  mid- 
night and  the  sleeping  cars  are  not  vacated  on  arrival,  there 
will  be  an  extra  charge  for  such  additional  occupancy  of  $1.80 
for  each  standard  section  and  $0.90  for  each  tourist  section. 
It  is  therefore  important  that  the  command  vacate  all  sleepers 
promptly  on  arrival  at  destination  if  hour  of  arrival  is  earlier 
than  midnight.     Where  the  command  reaches  its  destination 
after  midnight  the  sleeping  cars  may  be  occupied  until  7  :00 
a.  m.  without  additional  charge. 

Report  of  journey 

213.  Upon  completion  of  the  journey,  the  quartermaster  in 
charge  of  each  train  section  should  submit  a  brief  report  by 
letter  to  the  Quartermaster  General  showing  the  character  of 
the  service  rendered  by  the  railroad  companies. 


70  Handbook  of  Transportation 

Unloading  in  emergencies 

214.  On  account  of  accidents,  freight  blockades,  or  action 
of  the  enemy,  it  may  be  necessary  -to   unload   in  the   open 
country.     In   such  cases   portable   or   improvised  ramps  will 
have  to  be  used.    Lacking  these,  the  train  may  be  stopped  in 
a  low  cut,  and  cross  ties,  baled  hay,  car  doors,  and  turf  utilized 
for  the  rapid  construction  of   ramps   of  sufficient  height  to 
permit  unloading  of  animals.   (F.S.R.  402,  1914). 

Detraining  and  unloading 

215.  The  train  schedule  is  arranged,  when  practicable,  for. 
arrival  at  destination  by  day  light.     The  troops  are  notified 
in  time  to  prepare  for  detraining.   The  officers  and  guard  are 
the  first  to  leave  the  cars.     The  commander  meets  the  staff 
officer  sent  to  the  train  to  deliver  the  instructions  of  the  local 
commander,  gets  his  bearing,  and  orders  the  troops  to  detrain. 
As  soon  as  the  passenger  coaches  or  sleeping  cars  are  empty, 
the  quartermaster,   or  a   specially   designated   officer,   accom- 
panied by  the  conductor,  if  practicable,  makes  an  inspection 
of  the  cars  and  notes  their  condition ;  the  result  is  reported 
to  the  commander.     The  troops  procure  their  field  kits  and 
march  to  camp  without  delay,  leaving  suitable  details  to  un- 
load and  bring  up  the  property.     If  the  camp  is  distant,  arms 
are^  stacked  and  a  part  or  all  of  the  command  unloads  the 
train. 

TRANSPORTATION  OF  TROOPS  BY  COM- 
MERCIAL VESSELS 
Use  of  water  lines 

216.  Where  steamship  lines  are  in  operation  between  points 
of  origin  and  destination,  arrangements  can  often  be  made 
for  transportation  of  troops  and  their  impedimenta  at  rates 
lower  than  those  charged  by  rail  lines  and  in  cases  of  troop 
movements,  where  haste  is  not  an  essential,  commercial  water 
lines  should  be  given  consideration.    The  accommodations  for 
troops,  animals,  impedimenta  and  other  freight  vary  greatly 
on  different  vessels  and  no  general  rule  can  be  laid  down  as 
to  the  use  or  non-use  of  such  vessels.     The  local  quarter- 
master must  ascertain  whether  the  facilities  of  any  particular 
vessel    are    sufficient    to   accommodate    the    organization    for 
which  transportation  is  to  be  furnished. 

Arrangements  for  transportation 

217.  In   contracting,    or   arranging,    for   transportation   by 
commercial  vessel  the  quartermaster  must  ascertain  whether 


Handbook  of  Transportation  71 

the  rates  quoted  by  water  lines  include  meals,  or  meals  and 
sleeping  accommodations,  and  if  the  latter  whether  the  men 
will  be  accommodated  in  state  rooms,  bunks,  or  standees,  and 
this  data  should  be  made  of  record  by  contract,  unless  covered 
by  published  tariff. 

Transportation  requests  and  bills  of  lading 

218.  Transportation  requests  and  bills  of  lading  will  be  is- 
sued for  transportation  by  commercial  vessels  the  same  as  for 
transportation  by  rail,  but  transportation  requests  must  show 
whether  meals,  or  meals  and  berths  are  included. 

Transports  and  chartered  vessels 

219.  For  transportation  of  troops  on  Army  transportation, 
or  chartered  vessels,  see  Army  Transport  Regulations. 

* 

TRANSPORTATION  OF  INDIVIDUALS 

Travel  not  with  troops 

220.  The   following  instructions   travel   of   individuals   or 
small  parties  not  traveling  as  troops.    For  transportation  with 
troops  see  paragraphs  109  and  219. 

Paragraph  1281,  A.  R.,  defines  "traveling  with  troops"  so 
far  as  pertains  to  officers,  but  there  is  no  corresponding 
definition  in  the  Regulations  as  to  what  constitutes  "traveling 
with  troops"  in  the  case  of  enlisted  men,  but  it  has  been  held 
by  the  Judge  Advocate  General  that:  "In  order  to  constitute 
'traveling  with  troops'  in  the  case  of  enlisted  men,  the  travel 
must  be  performed  as  an  organization  under  proper  command. 
Otherwise,  the  travel  should  be  regarded  as  'travel  without 
troops'  within  the  meaning  of  paragraph  1128,  A.  R."  (A.G.O. 
2323441). 
Indorsing  transportation  order 

221.  A   person   requiring   transportation    will    exhibit    an 
order  from  competent  authority.     The  quartermaster  will  in- 
dorse on  the  original  order,  over  his  signature,  the  fact  that 
transportation  has  been  provided,  its  kind,  the  place  from  and 
to  which  it  has  been  furnished,  and  the  number  of  pounds  of 
extra  baggage  transported,  if  any.     The  original  order  will 
be  retained  by  the   person   who   receives   the  transportation, 
and,  in  case  of  a  soldier  entitled  to  commutation  of  rations 
while  traveling,  will  be  disposed  of  as  directed  in  paragraph 
1232.    (Par.  1111,  A.  R.  1913). 


72  Handbook  of  Transportation 

Sleeping  and  parlor  car  accommodations 

222.  The  following-named  persons,  when  traveling  under 
orders,  are  entitled  at  public  expense  to  a  lower  berth  in  a 
standard  sleeping  car,  seat  in  a  parlor  car,  or  to  the  customary 
stateroom  accommodations  on  steamers  where  extra  charge  is 
made  for  the  same:  (1)  Officers  of  the  Army  when  traveling 
on   duty   with   troops.     (2)    Noncommissioned    officers   above 
grade  17,  paragraph  9,  when  traveling  on  duty  without  troops. 
(3)    Army   nurses.      (4)    Civilian   employees  _  in   the   military 
service,  viz.,  architects,  marine  engineers,  assistant  engineers, 
chief  packer,  chief  cutter,  clerks,  civil  engineers,  draftsmen, 
electricians,  electrical  engineers,  examiners,  inspectors,  station- 
ary   engineers,    stenographers,    superintendents    of    construc- 
tion,   typewriters,    veterinarians,    and    employees    of    similar 
character.   (5)   Licensed  officers  of  the  transport  service  and 
masters,  mates,  engineers,  assistant  engineers,  and  pilots.   (6J 
Invalid  soldiers  when  traveling  under  orders  without  troops, 
on  the  certificate  of  a  medical  officer  showing  the  necessity 
therefor.    (7)    The   enlisted   attendants   accompanying  invalid 
soldiers  are  entitled  to  accommodations  equal  to  those  herein 
allowed  to  invalid  soldiers. 

Sleeping  car  accommodations  for  NCO's  below  grade  16 

223.  Noncommissioned  officers  below  grade  16,  paragraph 
9,    when   traveling   under   orders    without    troops,    when    the 
journey  exceeds  12  hours  and  is  scheduled  to  terminate  after 
midnight,   are  entitled   to   a  berth    in  a   tourist   sleeping  car, 
upper  if  available,  or  to  the  customary  stateroom  accommo- 
dations on  steamers  where  extra  charge  is  made  for  the  same. 
When  tourist  sleeping  car  accommodations  are  not  available 
and  the  journey  exceeds  12  hours,  and  is  scheduled  to  termi- 
nate after  midnight,   an  upper  berth   in  a   standard   sleeping 
car  may  be   furnished   for  that  portion   of  the  journey  for 
which  tourist  sleeping  cars  are  not  available. 

Enlisted  men,  other  than  noncommissioned  officers,  and 
civilians  employees  in  the  military  service,  not  specified 
above,  when  traveling  under  orders  without  troops,  when  the 
journey  exceeds  12  hours,  and  is  scheduled  to  terminate  after 
midnight,  are  entitled  to  a  berth  in  a  tourist  sleeping  car, 
upper  if  available,  but,  when  the  number  is  three  or  more, 
tourist  car  accommodations  will  be  furnished  on  the  basis  of 
three  men  to  a  section.  Standard  sleeping  car  accommoda- 
tions will  not  be  furnished  in  any  instant.  (Paragraph  1128, 
A.  R.  1913). 


Handbook  of  Transportation  73 

Excess  space  of  lower  class 

224.  Persons  entitled  at  public  expense  to  a  double  berth 
in  a  sleeping  car,  seat  in  a  parlor  car,  or  to  the  customary 
stateroom   accommodations   on   steamers    where   extra   charge 
is  made  for  the  same,  under  the  provisions  of  paragraph  1136, 
Army  Regulations,  as  amended  by  General  Orders,   No.   194, 
War   Department,   December   3,    1908,   are   not  authorized  to 
secure    from    the    transportation    companies,    in    lieu    thereof, 
excess  space  of  a  lower  class,  although  no  additional  cost  is 
involved.     The  allowance  authorized  by  paragraph  1136  Army 
Regulations,    are    on    a    space    basis,    and   persons   holding   a 
Quartermaster's     Department    transportation     request    for    a 
double  berth  in  a  standard  sleeping  car  are  not  authorized  to 
secure  therefor  two  berths   in   a  tourist   sleeping   car.     (Cir. 
35,  W.  D.   1909). 

Erroneous  accommodations  furnished 

If  sleeping  car  accommodations,  to  which  a  soldier  may  not 
be  entitled,  are  actually  furnished  to  and  used  by  him  the  cost 
thereof  cannot  be  charged  against  the  soldier  (J.A.G.  Op. 
Bulletin  20,  W.D.  1912).  The  cost  of  sleeping  car  transporta- 
tion erroneously  furnished  should  be  charged  to  the  officer 
responsible  for  furnishing  the  same.  (J.A.G.  Op.  Bulletin  8, 
W.D.  1913). 

OFFICERS 

Transportation  requests  for  officers  on  mileage  basis 

225.  Officers   who  so   desire  may,  upon   application  to  the 
Quartermaster  Corps,  be  furnished  under  their  orders  trans- 
portation  requests   for  the  entire  journey  by  land,  exclusive 
of  sleeping  and  parlor  car  accommodations,  or  by  water,  and 
the  transportation  so  furnished  shall,  if  the  travel  was  per- 
formed under  a  mileage  status,  be  a  charge  against  the  of- 
ficer's  mileage   account  to  be   deducted   at  the  rate   of   three 
cents  per  mile  by  the  paymaster  paying  the  account.  (P.O.  115 
1906). 

Officer  traveling  by  sea 

226.  A  transportation  request  for  sea  travel  on  behalf  of 
an  officer  traveling  without  troops  on  a  vessel  other  than  a 
Government  transport  can  not  be  issued  by  the  Quartermaster 
Corps  in  the  operation  of  the  laws  governing  transportation 
and  mileage.  An  officer  traveling  by  sea  and  not  on  a  Govern- 
ment  transport    must   pay    for   his    transportation,    subject   to 
subsequent   reimbursement   by   the    Quartermaster   Corps,    for 


74  Handbook  of  Transportation 

the  expenses  actually  incurred  by  him  in  the  performance  of 
the  journey.    (Cir.  93,  W.D.   1908). 

227.  An  officer  traveling  on  a  mileage  status  is  not  entitled 
to  transportation  at  public  expense  of  any  baggage  which  may 
accompany  him  on  the  journey.  (A.R.  112,  1913).     (See  para- 
graph 338). 

NONCOMMISSIONED   OFFICERS  ABOVE 

GRADE  17 

N.C.O.'s  above  grade  17 

228.  Noncommissioned  officers  above  grade  17,  paragraph 
9,  Army  Regulations,  should  be  furnished  second-class  trans- 
lower  berth  in  standard  sleeper,  seat  in  parlor  car  or  state- 
room accommodations  on  steamer,  as  may  be  necessary  for 
their  journey.     When  these  accommodations   cannot  be  pro- 
cured at  the  time  the  journey  is  to  be  made,  the  best  avail- 
able accommodations  should  be  procured. 

NONCOMMISSIONED  OFFICERS  BELOW 

GRADE  16 

N.C.O.'s  below  grade  16 

229.  Noncommissioned  officers  below  grade  16,  paragraph 
9,  Army  Regulations,  should  be  furnished  second  class  trans- 
portation,   and    if    the    journey    exceeds     12    hours    and    is 
scheduled  to  terminate  after  midnight,  be  furnished  a  berth 
in  a  tourist  sleeper,   upper  if   available,   or   customary   state- 
room  accommodations    on    steamers.     When  tourist   sleepers 
are  not  available  and  the  journey  exceeds   12  hours,   and  is 
scheduled  to  terminate  after  midnight,  an  upper  berth  in  a 
standard   sleeper   will   be   furnished    for   that  portion   of   the 
journey  for  which  tourist  sleeping  cars  are  not  available.    (See 
paragraph  52). 

N.C.O.  as  attendant 

230.  Under  the  provisions  of  paragraph  1128,  A.  R.  1913, 
all    noncommissioned    officers    when    traveling    under    orders 
without  troops  are  entitled  to  sleeping  car  accommodations. 

The  fact  that  a  noncommissioned  officer  is  traveling  as  an 
attendant  with  private  horses  does  not  deprive  him  of  his 
right  to  sleeping  car  accommodations,  for  return  travel.  (3736 
56— Q.M.G.O.  Aug.  26,  1912). 

Reserve  and  discharged  N.C.O.'s 

231.  Particular    attention    is    invited    to    the    fact   that    in 
furnishing  transportation  to  noncommissioned  officers  on  dis- 


Handbook  of  Transportation  75 

charge,  or  furlough  to  the  reserve,  they  are  entitled  only  to 
the  travel  allowances  shown  in  paragraph  239,  regardless  of 
the  grade  they  may  have  held  previous  to  discharge. 

ENLISTED  MEN  ON  CHANGE  OF  STATION 

Enlisted  men 

232.  Enlisted    men,    other    than    noncommissioned    officer, 
will    be    furnished    second-class    transportation,    and    if    the 
journey  exceeds  12  hours  and- is  scheduled  to  terminate  after 
midnight,  a  berth  in  tourist  sleeper  will  be  furnished,  upper 
if  available,  but  when  the  number  is  three   or  more,  tourist 
sleeper  accommodations  will  be   furnished  on  basis  of  three 
men  to  a  section,   the  men   in  excess  of   this  multiple  being 
given  an  upper  berth  each.     Standard  sleeping  car  accommo- 
dations must  not  be  furnished  in  any  instances. 

233.  In  travel  by  water  where  the  journey  involves  spend- 
ing an  entire  night  on  the  boat,  staterooms  may  be  furnished 
to  enlisted  men  on  basis  of  the  full  capacity  of  the  stateroom, 
that  is,  where  same  contains  one  double  lower  and  one  single 
upper  berth,  three  men  should  be  placed  in  the  room ;  where 
the  -staterooms    are    not    available,    sufficient    sleeping    space, 
properly  curtained  off   and   with   mattresses,    should  be   sup- 
plied.  (Q.M.G.O.  46  6070). 

234.  For  enlisted  men  and  applicants  for  enlistment  travel- 
ing under  orders  without  troops,  each  ticket  furnished  by  the 
Quartermaster  Corps  will  usually  cover   150  pounds  of  bag- 
gage free.     Where  this  is  not  the  case,  as  on  stage  lines,  the 
Quartermaster  Corps  will  provide   for  the  transportation  of 
sufficient  excess  baggage  to  make  a  total  of  free  and  excess 
as  follows : 

Pounds. 

Noncommissioned  officers  100 

Privates  of  the  Hospital  Corps    100 

Other   privates    50 

ENLISTED  MEN  ON  RETIREMENT 

Retired  enlisted  men 

235.  When  an  enlisted  man  of  the  Army  shall  have  served 
as  such  for  30  years,  either  in  the  Arm}-,   Navy,  or  Marine 
Corps  or  in  all,  he  may  apply  to  the  Adjutant  General  of  the 
Army  for  retirement,  the  application  to  be  forwarded  directly 
by  the  post  commander.     Upon  the  approval  of  the  applica- 
tion an  order  will  be  issued  from  the  War  Department  trans- 


76  Handbook  of  Transportation 

ferring  him  to  the  retired  list  and  directing  that  transporta- 
tion in  kind  to  his  home  and  commutation  of  subsistence  dur- 
ing necessary  travel  be  given  to  him.  (Par.  134,  A.  R.  1913). 
A  retired  enlisted  man  will  be  furnished  the  same  class  of 
transportation  to  his  home  on  retirement  as  specified  for  his 
grade  in  preceding  paragraphs. 

Residence  retired  enlisted  man 

236.  An    enlisted   man    upon    retirement   cannot    select  his 
residence  in  a  foreign  country  and  receive  transportation  and 
subsistence  thereto.     To  reside  abroad  a  retired  enlisted  man 
must    obtain   permission    from    the    War    Department,    which 
permission  under  existing  practice  is  granted  for  a  period  of 
not  to  exceed  one  year,  but  may  be  extended  for  an  additional 
period  upon  application  made  before  the  year  expires.      (A. 
G.  O.  2131750.) 

Period  during  which  transportation  can  be  granted 

237.  A  period  of  one  year  from  date  of  retirement  is  fixed 
as  the  time  during  which  transportation  may  be  furnished  to 
retired  enlisted  men,  but  this  will  not  operate  to  prevent  con- 
sideration   by    the    War    Department    of    meritorious    cases. 
(Circ.  33,  W.   D.    1909.) 

ENLISTED  MEN  ON  DISCHARGE  OR  FURLOUGH 

TO  THE  RESERVE 

238.  When  an  enlisted  man  is  discharged  from  the  service, 
except  by  way  of  punishment  for  an  offense,  or  is  furloughed 
to  the  reserve,  he  shall  be  entitled  to  transportation  in  kind 
and  subsistence  from  the  place  of  his  discharge  or  furlough 
to  the  place  of  his  enlistment,  or  to  such  other  place  within 
the  continental  limits  of  the  United  States  as  he  may  select, 
to  which  the  distance  is  no  greater  than  that  from  the  place 
of   discharge  or  furlough  to  place  of  enlistment ;  but  if  the 
distance  be  greater  he  may  be  furnished  with  transportation 
in  kind  and  subsistence  for  a  distance  equal  to  that  from  place 
of  discharge  or  furlough  to  place  of  enlistment,  or  in  lieu  of 
such  transportation  and  subsistence,  he  shall,  if  he  so  elects, 
receive  2  cents  a  mile,  except  for  sea  travel,  from  the  place 
of   his   discharge  to  the  place  of  his   enlistment :     Provided, 
that  for  sea  travel  on   discharge   or   furlough  transportation 
and  subsistence  only  shall  be  furnished  to  enlisted  men  :    And 
provided  further,  that  for  the  purpose  of  determining  allow- 
ances for  all  travel  of  enlisted  men  on  discharge  or  furlough, 
travel    in   the    Philippine    Archipelago,    the    Hawaiian    Archi- 


Handbook  of  Transportation  77 

pelago,  the  home  Caters  of  the  United  States,  and  between  the 
United  States  and  Alaska  shall  not  be  regarded  as  sea  travel 
and  shall  be  paid  for  at  the  rates  established  by  law  for  land 
travel  within  the  boundaries  of  the  United  States. 

Officers  furnishing  transportation  in  kind  and  subsistence 
to  an  enlisted  man  on  discharge  or  furlough  to  the  reserve 
will  indorse  such  fact  on  his  final  statement,  showing  points 
between  which  furnished  and  cost  of  subsistence.  (Par.  1378 
A.  R.) 

Sleeping  car  accommodations 

239.  When  discharged  soldiers  elect  to  take  transportation 
in  kind  and  subsistence  to  place  of  acceptance  for  enlistment, 
they  will  be  entitled  to  the  following  allowances  to  such  place, 
viz : 

(a)  Transportation;  second-class  if  available;  if  second- 
class  not  available,  first-class. 

(/;)  Sleeping  car  accommodations:  Tourist  car  berth  if 
available,  and  upper  berth  if  practicable;  if  not,  a  lower  berth 
(see  paragraph  52).  If  tourist  ear  not  available,  an  upper 
berth  in  standard  sleeper  may  be  furnished  if  practicable;  if 
not,  a  lower  berth.  Sleeping  car  accommodations  will  only 
be  furnished  where  the  journey  exceeds  12  hours  and  is 
scheduled  to  terminate  after  midnight. 

Subsistence 

(c)  Subsistence.  When  it  is  impracticable  to  furnish 
rations  in  kind,  they  may  be  commuted  at  the  rate  of  50  cents 
per  meal  ($1.50  per  day)  based  upon  the  time  via  the  official 
route. 

How  distance  is  determined 

240.  When  discharged  soldiers  elect  to  take  transportation 
in  kind  and  subsistence  to  a  place  other  than   the  place  of 
enlistment,    they    will   be    entitled    to    the    allowances    shown 
above,  but  care  will  be  taken  that  the  distances  from  place  of 
discharge    to    the   place   to    which    transportation   is    desired, 
based  on  the  official  route,  does  not  exceed  the  official  distance 
from  place  of  discharge  to  place  of   enlistment.     \Vhen   the 
distance  between  these  points  is  shown  in  the  official  Table 
of  Distances  published,  by  the  War  Department,  such  distance 
will  govern.    Where  distance  is  not  shown  in  the  Official  Table 
of   Distances,    the    short   line    distance    determined    from    the 
Official  Railway  Guide  or  railroad  schedules  will  be  used. 


78  Handbook  of  Transportation 

Route 

241.  Transportation  as  authorized  above  may  be  furnished 
over  any  route,  provided  the  cost  does  not  exceed  the  cost 
over  the  shorter  route  in  respect  to  which  the  official  distance 
is  figured,  but  subsistence  can  only  be  commuted  on  _the  basis 
of  the  time  usually  consumed  in  travel  via  the  official  route. 
Officers    issuing    transportation    to    discharged    enlisted    men 
will  inform  them  that  subsistence  can  only  be  commuted  on 
the  basis  of  the  time  of  travel  via  the  official  route. 

Inaccessible  places 

242.  Transportation  will  not  be  furnished  in  kind  to  places 
that  are  inaccessible  by  means  of  common  carriers,  i.  e.,  rail- 
roads,   steamboats,    and    stage    lines    operating   in    connection 
with  other  common  carriers  and  over  which  rates  for  passage 
are  published. 

Notation  of  point  on  request 

243.  In  issuing  transportation  requests  for  transportation 
arid  sleeping  car  accommodations,   issuing   officers  _  will   note 
on  the  back  thereof  the  place  of  acceptance  for  enlistment  of 
the  discharged  soldier  to  which  he  is  entitled  to  transportation 
and  subsistence  under  the  act  of  Congress  approved  August 
24,  1912. 

Isolated  case  where  there  is  no  disbursing  officer 

244.  An  enlisted  man  entitled  to  travel  allowances  on  dis- 
charge who  is  stationed  at  a  place  where  there  is  no  available 
officer  provided  with  funds  to  pay  commutation  of  rations, 
or  to  provide  transportation  or  2  cents  per  mile,  will  be  sent 
for  discharge,  sufficiently  in  advance  of  the  expiration  of  his 
term  of  enlistment,  to  a  place  where  there  is  stationed  an 
officer  provided  with  funds  to  adjust  his  travel  allowance  or 
furnish  transportation.     The  cost  of  transportation  and  sub- 
sistence in  such  cases  will  be  a  proper  charge  against  public 
funds,   and  the   discharge   of   the   enlisted   man   will   be  ac- 
complished after  he  reaches  the  place  where  his  travel  allow- 
ance can  be  paid.     (See  paragraph  158  A.  R.) 

Travel  by  water 

245.  Enlisted  men  discharged  while  serving  in  places  out- 
side of  the  States  composing  the  Union  will  be  provided  free 
transportation  to  the  said   States  on   Government  transports 
upon  direction  of  the  commanding  officers  in  the  several  locali- 
ties, and  will  be  substituted  by  the  Quartermaster  Corps  to 
the  port  of  destination.     They  will  not  be  entitled  to  travel 


Handbook  of  Transportation  79 

pay  from  port  of  embarkation  to  the  United  States,  nor  to 
commutation  of  rations  for  the  time  so  subsisted  on  the  trans- 
ports. The  fact  that  such  transportation  and  subsistence  have 
been  furnished  must  be  noted  on  the  final  statements.  In 
view  of  the  provisions  of  paragraph  1378,  the  foreging  is  not 
to  be  construed  as  precluding  the  furnishing  of  transportation 
at  Government  expense,  via  commercial  vessels  in  cases  where 
the  Government  maintains  no  regular  transport  service  be- 
tween the  localities  of  discharge  and  the  United  States. 

Deferred  transportation 

246.  The  law  fixes  no  time  within  which  the  soldier  must 
claim  his  travel  allowance  in  kind,  but  the  Secretary  of  War 
has  ruled  "(a)     That  a  re-enlisted  man  can  claim  his  right  to 
transportation  at  any  time  during  his  enlistment  that  a  fur- 
lough is   authorized   for  him  or  at  the  termination  of   such 
enlistment."    "(£)     That  in  case  a  soldier  remains  out  of  the 
service,  the  time  limit  within  which  the  soldier  must  claim  his 
travel  allowances  in  kind  is  fixed  as  one  year." 

Distance,  not  cost  controls 

247.  Particular  attention  is  called  to  the  fact  that  the  option 
given  a  discharged  soldier  of  transportation  and  subsistence 
in  kind  to  the  place  other  than  the  place  of  his  enlistment  is 
one  of  distance  and  not  of  cost,  and  transportation  must  not, 
therefore,  be  furnished  from  the  place  of  discharge  to  a  point 
to  which  the  distance  is  greater,  even  though  the  cost  may 
be  less.     The  Comptroller  of  the  Treasury  in  a  decision  of 
August  4,    1914,   held. 

Transportation  from  point  other  than  place  of  discharge 
not  authorized 

"(a)  That  the  issuance  of  transportation  from  a  place 
other  than  the  place  of  a  soldier's  discharge  is  not  authorized. 
(&)  That  the  issuance  of  transportation  to  a  point  to  which 
the  distance  is  greater  than  to  the  place  of  enlistment  is  not 
authorized." 
Order  not  required 

248.  The  issuance  of  a  post  order  directing  the  quarter- 
master to  furnish  transportation  in  the  case  of  a  discharged 
enlisted  man,  who  elects  to  take  transportation   in  kind  and 
subsistence,    is    not   necessary.      Proper   indorsement    will    be 
made  on  final  statements. 

Soldiers  beyond  limit  of  United  States 

249.  A  soldier  serving  in  Alaska  or  outside  the  continental 
limits  of  the  United  States  who  is  to  be  discharged  by  way 


80  Handbook  of  Transportation 

of  punishment,  or  after  confinement,  and  is  a  citizen  of  the 
United  States,  should  be  sent  to  the  United  States  sufficiently 
in  advance  of  the  time  of  his  discharge  to  enable  the  discharge 
to  take  effect  immediately  after  arrival.  Those  from  Alaska 
should  be  sent  to  Fort  Lawton,  Wash.,  from  Hawaii  and  the 
Philippines  to  Fort  McDowell,  Cal.,  and  from  the  Canal  Zone 
to  Fort  Jay,  N.  Y.,  or  Jackson  Barracks,  La.  If  the  Govern- 
ment maintains  no  regular  transport  service  between  the 
United  States  and  the  locality  where  the  man  has  been  serv- 
ing, he  should  be  sent  by  commercial  line  at  public  expense. 

INVALID  SOLDIERS  AND  ATTENDANTS 

Invalid  soldier  and  attendant 

250.  Invalid    soldiers,    and    their   attendants,   may   be    fur- 
nished   first-class    transportation    and    lower   berths,    each,   in 
standard  sleeper,  on  the  certificate  of  a  medical  officer  show- 
ing the  necessity  therefor.     If  this  certificate  is  not  furnished, 
second-class  transportation  and  lower  tourist  berth,  each,  -will 
be   furnished.     Invalid   soldiers,   and  their  attendants,   should 
be  forwarded  by  routes  involving  the  least  changes  of  cars. 

INSANE  SOLDIERS 

Insane  soldier  and  escort 

251.  An  insane  soldier  ordered  by  the  War  Department  to 
be  sent  to  the  Government  Hospital   for  the  Insane  will  be 
escorted  by  a  noncommissioned  officer.    When  a  number  are 
sent  at  one  time  or  when  the  patient  or  patients  require  re- 
straint, the  department  commander  may  order  such  addition 
to   the   escort   as   may  be  necessary.      The   noncommissioned 
officer  will  report  to  the  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army,  by 
telegraph,  at  least  24  hours  in  advance,  the  probable  time  and 
place  of  arrival  in  Washington.     After  leaving  the  patient  at 
the  hospital   the  noncommissioned    officer   will   report  to   the 
Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  for  further  instructions.     (Par. 
467,  A.  R.) 

Return  transportation 

On  the  departure  of  the  patient  from  his  station  the  com- 
manding officer  will  give  such  orders  to  the  person  in  charge 
as  will  provide  for  transportation  of  the  necessary  attendants 
to  the  institution  and  returning  to  their  posts,  also  subsistence 
during  their  absence.  When  payment  of  commutation,  in  lieu 
of  subsistence  in  kind,  is  permissible  under  paragraph  1223, 
the  commanding  officer  may,  in  writing,  order  commutation 


Handbook  of  Transportation  81 

for  the  patient  to  be  paid  in  advance  to  and  receipted  for  by, 
the  noncommissioned  officer  to  whose  charge  the  patient  is 
committed.  (Par.  468,  A.  R.) 

Insane  soldiers  and  their  attendants  should  be  furnished 
second-class  transportation  and  tourist  sleeping  car  accom- 
modations. If  there  are  no  tourist  cars  operated  over  all,  or 
a  part  of  the  route  used,  first-class  transportation  and  stand- 
ard sleeping  car  accommodations  should  be  furnished.  (See 
par.  52). 

DISCHARGED  MILITARY  PRISONERS 

252.  The    authority    for    the    transportation    of    military 
prisoners  on  discharge  is  carried  in  the  Annual  Army  Appro- 
priation Acts  in  a  clause  reading : 

"for  transportation  *  *  *  of  persons  on  their  discharge 
from  the  United  States  military  prison  or  from  any  place  in 
which  they  have  been  held  under  a  sentence  of  dishonorable 
discharge  and  confinement  for  more  than  six  months,  or  from 
the  Government  Hospital  for  the  Insane  after  transfer  thereto 
from  such  prison  or  place,  to  their  homes  (or  elsewhere  as 
they  may  elect),  provided  the  cost  in  each  case  shall  not  be 
greater  than  to  the  place  of  last  enlistment." 

Cost  not  distance  governs 

253.  It  will  be  noted  that  the  option  here  given  is  one  of 
cost,  and  not  of  distance.     The  Judge  Advocate  General  has 
also  held : 

"the  legislative  provision  here  under  consideration  should 
be  construed  as  authorizing  the  transportation  of  a  released 
general  prisoner  to  the  place  of  his  last  enlistment,  or  else- 
where within  the  same  transportation  cost  limit,  only  when 
he  shall  have  been  confined  for  more  than  sir  months  under  a 
sentence  of  dishonorable  discharge  and  confinement." 

Determine  cost 

254.  The.  quartermaster  furnishing  transportation  for  this 
class  of  travel,   should  ascertain,   sufficiently  in  advance,  the 
point  to  which  the  man  desires  to  go  on  discharge  and  the 
place  of  his  last  enlistment,  and  communicate  with  the  officer 
settling  transportation  accounts   from  his   territory    (see  par. 
106),  in  order  to  determine  whether  transportation  desired  will 
be  within  the  limitation  of  cost. 

No  sleeping  accommodations 

255.  Discharged  prisoners   will   be   furnished   second-class 


82  Handbook  of  Transportation 

rail,  or  steamer  transportation  and  will  not  be  furnished  sleep- 
ing car  accommodations  of  any  character. 

ENLISTED  MEN  ON  FURLOUGH  OR  ABSENT 

WITHOUT  LEAVE 

256.  When  an  enlisted  man  who  is  absent  on  furlough  or 
absent  without  leave  from  his  station  and  is  without  means  to 
return  thereto  reports  at  a  station  that  is  under  the  control 
of  a  department  commander,  such  department  commander  is 
authorized  to  furnish  necessary  transportation  and  subsistence 
for  the  return  of  the  soldier  to  his  proper  station  after  satisfy- 
ing himself  that  the  soldier  can  be  intrusted  therewith,  or  in 
the  case  of  absence  without  leave,  to  return  him  under  guard 
if  necessary.    In  the  case  of  an  enlisted  man  reporting  under 
similar  circumstances  at  a  place  excepted  by  regulations  from 
the  control  of  a  department  commander,  a  request  for  orders 
concerning  the  disposal  of  such  enlisted  man  will  be  addressed 
by  the  commanding  officer  of  such  an  excepted  place  directly 
to  the  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army,  by  whom  the  necessary 
orders  will  be  issued. 

Charge  for  transportation  and  subsistence 

257.  The  company  commander  will  charge  the  cost  of  such 
transportation  and  subsistence  against  the  soldier's  pay  on  the 
next  pay  roll,  in  accordance  with  -paragraphs  1111  and  1236. 
In  case  of  a  soldier  absent  on  furlough,  the  date  on  which  he 
reports  at  the  station  will  be  entered  on  the  furlough,     (Par. 
110,  A.  R.) 

Method  of  reporting  to  commanding  officer 

258.  When  transportation  is  issued  to  a  soldier  under  con- 
ditions which  require  that  the  whole  or  any  part  of  the  cost 
of  such  transportation  is  to  be  charged  against  the  soldier, 
the  officer  issuing  the  transportation  will  report,  by  letter,  in 
duplicate,  to  the  soldier's  immediate  commander  through  the 
disbursing  officers  who  are  designated  to  pay  the  accounts  for 
rail,  sleeping  car  or  steamer  transportation,  giving  the  name, 
rank  and  organization   of  the   soldier,   the   serial  number  of 
transportation   requests   issued,   together  with  any   other  ex- 
penditures   that    may   have    been    incurred    which    should   be 
charged  against  the  soldier.     The,  disbursing  officers  will  for- 
ward these  letters  to  the  soldier's  immediate  commander,  in- 
dorsing thereon  the  actual  amount  that  will  be  paid  for  rail, 
sleeping  car,   or  steamer  transportation.     On  receipt  of  this 
information,   the   commanding   officer   will   enter   the   charge 


Handbook  of  Transportation  83 

against  the  soldier  and  return  one  copy  of  the  letter  immedi- 
ately to  the  disbursing  officer  from  whom  received  stating 
thereon,  by  indorsement,  the  month  and  year  of  the  pay  rolls 
on  which  the  charge  has  been  or  will  be  made.  When  trans- 
portation is  issued  under  the  provisions  of  paragraphs  110  or 
127,  the  officer  issuing  the  request  will '  take  the  action  out- 
lined above  and  in  the  case  of  a  soldier  on  furlough  will  enter 
on  the  furlough  a  statement  showing  the  transportation  that 
has  been  furnished. 

Enlisted  men  on  furlough 

259.  Enlisted  men   on   furlough,   or  absent  without  leave, 
will,    under   the    conditions    shown    above,    be    furnished    the 
transportation  authorized  for  their  grade,  as  shown  in  para- 
graphs 228  to  233.     The  quartermaster,  furnishing  the  trans- 
portation will,  as  directed  above,  notify  the  soldier's  immediate 
commander,  by  letter.     This  letter  will  be  made  in  triplicate 
and  will  show  all  expenses  that  are  to  be  paid  by  the  soldier, 
together  with  the  serial  number  of  all  transportation  requests 
issued   for  the  journey.     One   copy  will  be  .retained  by  the 
issuing  officer  and  the  other  two  forwarded  to  the  soldier's 
commander,  through  the  disbursing  officer  designated  to  settle 
the  account   for   rail    (or  steamer)    transportation    (see   par. 
106),  the  latter  officer  will  insert  on  each  copy  of  letter  the 
actual  amount  that  will  be  paid  for  rail   (or  steamer),  trans- 
portation, and  if  there  be  sleeping  car  charges  involved  that 
are  not  settled  by  him,  will  forward  the  letter  to  the  officer 
designated  to  settle  such  accounts,  who  will  insert  the  actual 
amount  that  will  be  paid  for  sleeping  car  accommodations  and 
forward  to  the  soldier's  commanding  officer.     The  command- 
ing officer  should  charge  the  total  of  amounts  shown  on  letter 
against  the  soldier,  retaining  one  copy  of  the  letter  as  authority 
for  the  charge  and  returning  the  other  copy,  through  the  same 
channels  as   received,   to  the   officer  designated  to   settle   the 
account  for  rail   (or  steamer)  transportation,  who  will  attach 
this  copy  to  his  voucher  covering  the  transportation  charges. 

Change  of  station  while  soldier  is  on  furlough 

260.  When  the  station  of  an  enlisted  man  is  changed  while, 
he  is  on   furlough,   he   will,   on   joining   his    new   station,   be 
entitled  to  travel  allowances  for  the  excess  of  distance  from 
the  place  of  receipt  of  the  order  to  the  new  station  over  the 
distance  to  his  old  station.     A  soldier  who  has  returned  to 
the    station    from    which    furloughed,    his    company    having 
changed  station  during  his  absence,  is  entitled  to  transporta- 
tion at  the  expense  of  the  Government  from  the  old  to  the 


84  Handbook  of  Transportation 

new  station  of  his  company.  Charges  for  transportation  fur- 
nished to  enlisted  men  on  furlough,  in  pursuance  of  paragraph 
110,  will  be  adjusted  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of 
this  regulation.  (Par.  112,  A.  R.) 

261.  When  a  furloughed  soldier  reports  at  a  post  or  other 
station   for  transportation    (his   station  having  been   changed 
while  he  is  on  leave),  and  costs  of  transportation  to  his  new 
station  is  not  in  excess  of  the  amount  that  it  would  have  cost 
him  to  return  to  his  old  station,  the  total  cost  of  transporta- 
tion to  the  hew  station  should  be  charged  against  the  soldier. 

DESERTERS  AND  GUARD 

262.  Where   proper   orders    are   issued   transportation    for 
deserters  and  guards  will  be  furnished  in  accordance  with  the 
provisions  of  paragraph  127,  A.  R.     The  same  action  will  be 
taken  as  outlined  in  the  case  of   furloughed  soldiers  in  pre- 
ceding paragraphs. 

RECRUITS 

263.  Recruits    forwarded  to   organizations   are    entitled   to 
the  same  travel  accommodations  as  those  given  enlisted  men 
on  change  of  station  as  shown  in  paragraphs  232  and  233. 

APPLICANTS  FOR  ENLISTMENT  AND  REJECTED 

APPLICANTS 

264.  The  Quartermaster  Corps  will  furnish  transportation 
to  accepted  applicants  for  enlistment  from  general  recruiting 
stations    to    designated    recruiting    depots     (including    recruit 
depot  posts)    and  return  transportation  to  such  of  the  appli- 
cants as  are  rejected  on  final  examination  (A.  R.  1115,  1913). 

Applicants  for  enlistment  and  rejected  applicants  shown 
above  should  be  furnished  second-class  rail  (or  steamer) 
transportation  requests  and  will  not  be  furnished  sleeping  car 
accommodations  of  any  character. 

CIVILIAN  EMPLOYEES 

265.  Civilian  employees  shown  under  classes  4  and  5,  para- 
graph 222  should  be  furnished  first-class  transportation,  lower 
berth  in  standard  sleeper,  seat  in  parlor  car  or  stateroom  ac- 
commodations   on    steamer,    as    may    be    necessary'    for   their 
journey.     Mechanics,    laborers,    teamsters    and    employees    of 
similar  character,  will  be  furnished  the  same  class  of  trans- 
portation as  provided  for  enlisted  men,  paragraphs  232  and 
233. 

The  provisions  of  Army  Regulations,  paragraph  112,  apply 
in  the  case  of  civilian  employees  whose  stations  are  changed 


Handbook  of  Transportation  85 

while  on  leave,  or  who  take  advantage  of  leave  while  under 
orders  to  change  station.    (A.G.O.  2365525,). 

ARMY  NURSES 

266.  Army  nurses  should  be  furnished  first-class  trans- 
portation, lower  berth  in  standard  sleeper,  seat  in  parlor  car 
or  stateroom  accommodations  on  steamer  as  may  be  neces- 
^ary  for  their  journey. 

2(F?.  Transportation  for  250  pounds  of  baggage,  including 
150  pounds  usually  carried  free  "bv  railroads,  is  authorized 
for  Army  nurses  when  the}-  join  for  duty  under  the  first 
order,  upon  permanent  change  of  station,  and  on  return  to 
their  homes  upon  annulment  of  contract.  Receipts  covering 
an  excess  of  baggage  will  contain  certificates  as  to -whether 
transportation  for  such  excess  has  been  furnished.  (Par. 
1123,  A.  R.  1913.) 

WITNESSES 

268.  Officers  and  enlisted  men  reporting  as  witnesses  before 
a    civil    court    should    receive    from,  the    civil    authorities    the 
necessary  expenses  incurred  in  travel  and  attendance ;  neither 
mileage  nor  travel  allowance  will  be  paid  in  such  cases  by  the 
War  Department.     If,  however,  it  is  absolutely  necessary  to 
furnish  them  transportation  in  kind  to  enable  them  to  appear, 
as  witnesses  for  the  Government,  before  a  civil  court  of  the 
United  States,  an  account  of  such  expenditure,  together  with 
the  evidence  that  they  were  properly  subpoened  and  did  attend 
the   court,    will    be    forwarded    to   the   War   Department    for 
presentation  to  the  Department  of  Jnstice.     Officers  providing 
such  transportation  will  notify  the  marshal  of  the  court  that 
it  was  furnished,  specifying  points  between  which   furnished, 
whether  one  way  or  round  trip,  and  that  it  was  furnished  to 
enable    the    witnesses    to    perform    the    requisite    journeys    in 
obedience  to  the  summons.     (A.  R.  75,  1913.) 

Transportation   requests   issued  under   above  authorit}'  will 
be  indorsed :  "Payable  by  Department  of  Justice." 

TRANSPORTATION  TO  THE  SOLDIERS'  HOME 

269.  Transportation  to  the  Soldiers'  Home  will  not  be  fur- 
nished  except   by  authority  of  the   War   Department,   on   the 
application  of  the  board  of  commissioners.     The  account  will 
be  presented  by  the  carrier   to  the   disbursing  officer  of   the 
Quartermaster    Corps   that   pays    such    accounts,    by    whom    it 
will  be  properly  stated  and  certified.     It  will  then  be  receipted 


86  Handbook  of  Transportation 

by  the  carrier  and  forwarded  by  the  disbursing  officer  to  the 
treasurer,  United  States  Soldiers'  Home,  Washington,  D.  C, 
for  payment  from  funds  pertaining  to  the  Soldiers'  Home. 
(A.  R."  180,  1913). 

A  soldier  furnished  transportation  to  the  Soldiers'  Home 
under  authority  outlined  above,  will  be  given  accommodations 
specified  for  his  gra.de  under  paragraphs  228  to  233.  Trans- 
portation requests  will  be  indorsed:  ''Payable  by  Treasurer, 
U.  S.  Soldiers'  Home,"  and  will  show  reference  to  authority 
for  the  transportation. 

TRANSPORTATION  FOR  PURPOSE  OF  PROCUR- 
ING ARTIFICIAL  LIMBS 

270.  Necessary   transportation,   including   sleeping   car   ac- 
commodations,   required    for   travel   to  place   where   artificial 
limbs  may  be  fitted,  will  be  furnished  by  the  Quartermaster 
Corps,  the  cost  to  be  refunded  from  any  money  appropriated 
for  the  purchase  of  artificial  limbs.     (A.  R.  1491,  1913.) 

Transportation  and  sleeping  car  accommodations  for  above 
purpose  will  be  furnished  on  request  of  the  Surgeon  General 
of  the  Army.  Transportation  requests  will  be  indorsed: 
"Payable  from  appropriation  for  Artificial  Limbs." 

TRANSPORTATION  FOR  OTHER  DEPARTMENTS 

271.  Transportation  requests  for  travel  of  officers  or  em- 
ployees  of   any   Department   or    Bureau   of    the   Government 
other  than   the  War  Department,   will   only   be   issued   upon 
specific  authority  of  the   Quartermaster   General   which   will 
state  the  class  of  transportation  to  be  furnished.     (See  par. 
40.) 

TRANSPORTATION  OF  SUPPLIES  AND 

PROPERTY 

SUPPLIES  FOR  THE  ARMY 

Invoicing  Q.  M.  stores  for  shipment 

272.  Every  shipment  involving  a  transfer  of  quartermaster 
supplies  must  be  covered  by  an  invoice  to  correspond  exactly 
to  the  supplies  transferred,  and  will  be  forwarded  the  same 
date  the  property  is  shipped.     In  no  case  will  invoices  be  held 
and  consolidated  with  a  view  of  making  out  one  set  of  in- 
voices to  cover  several  shipments. 


Handbook  of  Transportation  87 

All  box,  crate  and  package  numbers  will  be  carefully  and 
plainly  noted  on  the  invoices. 

Every  invoice  must  be  given  a  number,  which  invoice  num- 
ber will  be  placed  on  every  barrel,  box,  crate  or  bundle 
covered  by  the  invoice. 

The  transfer  of  property  to  an  officer  usually  involves  its 
shipment  to  another  station.  In  this  case  invoices  and  receipts 
should  be  forwarded  with  the  property  or  by  mail  not  later 
than  the  date  of  shipment.  Date  of  shipment  should  be  noted 
on  invoices. 
Invoicing  ordnance  stores  for  shipment 

273.  When  ordnance  stores  are  turned  over  to  the  Quarter- 
master Corps  for  transportation  they  will  be  accompanied  by 
triplicate  invoices,  one  of  which  will  be  receipted  and  returned 
by  the  shipping  quartermaster  to  the  invoicing  officer.     Dupli- 
cate invoices  with  duplicate  receipts  to  be  signed  by  the  re- 
ceiving officer,  and  a  shipping  list  describing  the  contents  of 
each   box    or   package,   will   be   sent   direct   to    the    receiving 
officer  by  mail,  to  reach  him,  if  practicable,  before  the  receipts 
of  the  stores.    Materials  procured  for  current  use  at  ordnance 
establishments    will    be    transported    at    the    expense    of    the 
Ordnance  Department.     (A.  R.  1548,  1913.) 

Packing 

274.  Quartermasters  will,  prior  to  shipment,  securely  pack, 
seal,  and  if  practicable  weigh  all  quartermaster's  supplies. 

Standard  packing  boxes 

275.  The  following  instructions  prescribing  standard  pack- 
ing  boxes    for    shipment   of   quartermaster    supplies   between 
depots,  posts  and  stations,  and  from  depots,  posts,  or  stations 
to  troops  in  the  field  are  published  for  the  information  and 
guidance  of  all  concerned : 

Packing  boxes,  38  by  19  by  15  inches  outside  measurement, 
meet  nearly  all  requirements  for  escort  wagons,  motor  truck, 
pack  animal,  or  water  transport,  and  accordingly  all  quarter- 
master supplies  intended  for  field  service  will,  when  practic- 
able, be  packed  in  boxes  of  such  dimensions,  constructed  of 
suitable  light  but  durable  material  (ordinarily  not  exceeding 
Yz  inch  sides  and  1  inch  ends),  and  bound  around  ends  and 
center  when  necessary  with  suitable  hoop  in  iron  or  wire, 
weight  not  to  exceed  150  pounds  gross. 

Sacking  and  baling 

278.  Sacking  or  baling  will  be  substituted  for  boxes  when- 
ever practicable,  and  when  necessary  to  use  smaller  boxes 


88  Handbook  of  Transportation 

same  should  be  exact  subdivisions  of   corresponding   dimen- 
sions of  the  standard  box. 

By  reducing  the  number  of  articles  the  standard  size  and 
gross  weight  limit  of  box  adapts  itself  J:o  most  quartermaster 
supplies. 

Exception  to  standard  sizes 

277.  (a)      In   exceptional   cases    where   conformity   to  the 
standard  weight  limit  would  destroy  the  unity  of  equipment 
and  separate  component  parts,  the  loss  of  any  one  of  which 
would  render  the  others  useless,  the  gross  weight  of  the  stand- 
ard size  box  may  exceed   150  pounds. 

(b)  In  exceptional  cases,  where  supplies  are  now  packed 
in  boxes  or  bales  of  less  than  150  pounds  gross  weight,  and 
the  dimensions   of   which,    determined   by  the   nature   of    the 
supplies    and    the    number    of    units    necessarily    carried,    are 
within  the  standard  dimensions,  same  may  be  packed  as  here- 
tofore. 

(c)  In  other  exceptional  cases  the  height  of  the  standard 
box   may   be    slightly   varied,    the    length    and   breadth   being 
adhered  to. 

278.  Subsistence   stores. — Unless    otherwise    directed,    sub- 
sistence stores  will,  when  practicable,  be  shipped  in  containers 
in  which  received  or  containers  of   similar  dimensions.     The 
weight   of    any  one  box   of    subsistence   stores   prepared    for 
shipment  to  posts  should  not  exceed  100  pounds  gross.     The 
gross  weight  or  barrels  may,  however,  exceed  100  pounds. 

279.  These   instructions  are  not  to   be  construed   as   pro- 
hibiting the  use  by  supply  depots  of  crates  of  suitable  dimen- 
sions in  the  shipment  of  tentage  and  other  supplies  which  ex- 
perience has  shown  can  be  more  advantageously  and  economic- 
ally transported  in  that  form  of  container  (G.  O.  10,  W.  D. 
1914). 

Fibre  board  boxes 

280.  Fibre   board    packing    boxes    will   be    28    x    19    x    13 
inches    outside    measurements,    this    size    completely   fills    the 
space  in   escort   wagon  bodies   when   properly  loaded.     They 
will  be  of  solid  fibre  board,  not  less  than  .100  inch  in  thickness, 
waterproof,  each  case  bearing  on  one  end  the  certificate  of 
the  maker  showing  that  it  conforms  to  the  requirements  of 
the  rules  of  the  Southern,  Western  and  Official  Classifications, 
the  gross  weight  of  any  box  being  limited  to  90  pounds. 

281.  With  a  view  to  economy  in  the  cost  of  packing  cloth- 
ing and  uniformity  in  material  and  methods,  all  goods,  whether 


Handbook  of  Transportation  89 

for  shipment  to  points  in  the  United  States,  the  Philippines, 
Cuba,  Porto  Rico,  or  elsewhere,'  shall  be  packed  in  boxes  or 
cases,  using  "interlining"  paper  and  one  thickness  of  manila 
paper,  the  latter  to  be  between  the  "interlining"  paper  and  the 
goods.  The  manila  paper  prevents  the  possible  discoloration 
of  the  goods  by  the  "interlining"  paper. 

The  "interlining"  paper  being  more  or.  less  waterprooof, 
helps  to  exclude  moisture  from  the  contents,  and  in  case  of 
shipments  to  tropical  countries  may  prevent  the  ravages  of 
white  ants. 

Care  should  be  taken  that  the  paper  wrappings  be  smooth 
and  make  a  perfect  covering  for  the  contents  of  the  box. 

In  addition  to  the  above,  when  woolen  goods  are*  packed  the 
bottom,  sides,  and  top  of  the  bulk  of  the  contents  should  be 
sprinkled  with  naphthaline.  The  sprinkling  of  naphthaline 
through  the  layers  of  the  bulk  is  unnecessary,  as  it  has  no 
deterrent  effect  upon  the  eggs  of  the  moth.  (Cir.  7,  Q.  M. 
G.  O.,  1908.) 

Responsibility 

282.  An    officer   who   turns    over    supplies    to    another   for 
transportation  in  the  best  condition  in  which  it  is  possible  to 
put  them  is  relieved  from  any  further  responsibility  therefor 
by  the  receipt  of  the  officer  to  whom  they  are  intrusted  for 
transportation.      Procedure    in   case   of    loss,    damage,   or   de- 
ficiency found  on  arrival  at  destination  will  be  as  prescribed 
in  paragraphs  425  to  428  hereof.     (A.  R.  1141,  1913.) 

Marking 

283.  Each  package   (box,  crate,  bundle,  or  loose  piece)   of 
property  shipped  on  Government  bill  of  lading  must  be  plainly, 
legibly  and  durably,  marked  as  follows  : 

When  consigned  to  a  place  of  which  there  are  two  or  more 
of  the  same  name  in  the  same  state,  the  name  of  the  place  and 
of  the  County  also  must  be  shown.  When  consigned  to  a 
place  not  located  on  the  line  of  a  carrier,  it  must  also  be 
marked  with  the  name  of  the  station  of  the  last  carrier  at 
which  the  consignee  will  accept  delivery.  If  labels  are  used, 
they  must  be  securely  attached  with  glue  or  equally  good  ad- 
hesive. If  tags  are  used,  they  must  be  sufficiently  strong  and 
durable  to  withstand  the  wear  and  tear  incident  to  transporta- 
tion ;  and,  when  tied  to  a  package  of  any  kind,  must  be 
securely  attached  through  a  reinforced  eyelet.  Tags  used  to 
mark  wooden  pieces  or  wooden  containers  must  be  fastened 
at  all  corners  and  center  with  large  headed  tacks  or  tag 


90  Handbook  of  Transportation 

fasteners;  or  may  be  tied  to  wooden  pieces  when  the  freight 
would  be  injured  by  the  use  *of  tacks  or  tag  fasteners.  Tags 
tied  to  bags,  bales,  bundles  or  pieces  must  be  securely  attached 
by  strong  cord  or  wire,  except  that  when  tied  to  bundles  or 
pieces  of  metal,  they  must  be  securely  attached  by  a  strong 
wire  or  strong  tarred  cord.  Old  consignment  marks  must  be 
removed  or  effected.  (From  Standard  Rules  and  Conditions 
of  Freight  Classification,  adopted  by  U.  S.  Railroads.) 

Stencil  plates 

284.  For  marking  property  for  shipment,  a  complete  set  of 
stencil  plates  consists  of  two   full  alphabets,  Roman  capitals 
(including  'the   usual    mark   for   "and"),    and   two   series   of 
numbers  from  1  to  0.     One  set  of  numbers  and  letters  is   1 
inch,  the  other  ^  inch  high.     They  are  cut  on  plates  of  sheet 
brass,    No.   28,   the   larger  2)4   by  2  inches;   the   smaller   1^4 
by  \]/2  inches.     The  upper  edge  of  each  plate  is  turned  us  so 
as  to  form  a  rim  about  l/2  inch  high.     These  plates  are  issued 
in  japanned  tin  boxes,  8l/2  inches  long,  4  inches  wide,  and  1^4 
inches  high,  with  hinged  lids.     Each  box  contains,  besides  the 
full  set  of  stencils,  a  cake  of  marking  paste  in  a  tin  box,  a 
sponge,  and  a  stencil  brush.     Printed  directions   for  the  use 
of  the  latter  materials  are  attached  to  the  inside  of  the  lid. 
The  requirements  herein  as  to  the  use  of  stencil  plate  sets 
do  not  apply  to  supply  depots  and  other  points  equipped  with 
stencil  cutting  machines. 

Marking  household  goods 

285.  In  changing  station,  each  package  of  authorized  allow- 
ance of  baggage   (household  effects  or  other  articles  entitled 
to  transportation  at  Government  expense)  referred  to  in  A.  R. 
1135  of   1913,  should  be  marked,  by  the  quartermaster,  with 
its  number,  weight,  owner's  name,  station  to  which  shipped, 
and  quartermaster  in  whose  care  shipped,  if  any. 

The  numbers  on  the  packages  belonging  to  an  officer,  en- 
listed man,  employee,  or  organization,  which  are  received  by 
a  quartermaster  and  immediately  reshipped  or  are  kept  in 
storage  by  him  and  subsequently  reshipped,  should  not  be 
changed,  as  the  old  numbers  may  be  necessary,  or  at  least  of 
great  convenience,  to  the  owners  of  the  property  in  identify- 
ing certain  packages. 

"Officers  turning  over  public  property  to  a  quartermaster 
for  shipment  will  mark  each  package  with  the  name  and  ad- 
dress of  consignee,  a  list  of  .its  ''contents,  its  weight  and 
'U.  S.'"  (A.  R.  1140,  1913.)  The  numbering  of  packages  is 


Handbook  of  Transportation  91 

ordinarily  done  by  the  officer  turning  over  the  property  for 
shipment 

Marking  quartermaster  supplies 

286.  Quartermaster  supplies  for  shipment  between  depots, 
posts  and  stations,  and  from  depots  to  troops  in  the  field,  will 
have  the  U.  S.  number,  weight,  name  of  consignee  and  ad- 
dress, and  number  of  'the  invoice  covering  shipment  marked 
on  top  surface  of  each  package ;  and  on  one  end,  contents  and 
name  of  seller  or  contractor,  or,  if  packed  or  repacked  by 
Quartermaster  Corps,  date  packed  and  initials  of  packers; 
and,  when  practicable,  the  insignia  of  the  Quartermaster 
Corps  will  be  stamped  on  both  ends  of  each  package,  and  in 
addition,  to  readily  distinguish  subsistence  stores,  a  crescent 
3  inches  in  height  and  two  inches  in  width  will  be  stamped 
in  red  or  other  conspicuous  color  on  both  ends  of  all  pack- 
ages containing  subsistence  stores.  If  it  is  impracticable  to 
mark  the  contents  of  the  package  with  stencil  or  brush,  they 
will  be  listed  on  heavy  paper  by  use  of  typewriter,  or  pen, 
the  list  being  attached  by  means  of  tacks  or  paste  and  then 
given  a  light  coat  of  varnish  to  prevent  obliteration  by  rain 
or  moisture. 

Packages  of  Quartermaster  supplies  should,  so  far  as  prac- 
ticable, bear  consecutive  numbers,  to  be  preceded  or  followed 
by  the  numbers  given  to  packages  of  other  property  shipped 
at  the  same  time. 

In  cases  of  reshipment  of  property,  packages  will  be  re- 
marked, if  necessary,  by  the  officer  required  to  reship  them. 

For  oversea  shipments,  except  from  New  York  City  to 
Hawaii,  each  package  should  be  marked  to  show  its  number 
of  cubic  feet,  or  decimals  thereof. 

In  connection  with  the  marks  showing  consignee  and  final 
destination,  shipments  to  Alaska  should  be  marked  care  depot 
quartermaster,  Seattle;  those  to  Porto  Rico  or  Panama  Canal 
Zone,  care  depot  quartermaster  at  the  port  through  which 
shipments  are  to  pass;  and  those  to  Hawaii  or  the  Philippine 
Islands,  care  of  depot  quartermaster,  New  York  City,  San 
Francisco,  or  Seattle,  as  the  case  may  be.  See,  also,  Routing 
Circular,  No.  16,  O.Q.M.G.,  1915. 

The  foregoing  instructions  do  not  apply  to  shipments  of 
grain  in  sacks,  or  bales  of  hay  or  straw,  in  carload  lots  for 
delivery  to  one  consignee  at  one  station. 

Marking  funds 

287.  When  funds  for  the  payment  of  troops  are  to  be  sent 
by  express,  the  package  prepared  for  shipment  as  directed  in 


92  Handbook  of  Transportation 

A.R.  1322  of  1913  will  be  marked  on  the  outside  with  the 
name  and  address  of  the  post  or  other  command  and  the 
names  of  the  subordinate  organizations  for  which  pay  is 
therein  remitted,  and  the  quartermaster  will  append  thereto 
his  signature, — for  specimen  marking,  see  Pay  Manual. 

Marking  ordnance  property 

288.  In    preparing    Ordnance    property    for    shipment,    the 
name  of  the  invoicing  officer,  or  of  the  arsenal  or  depot,  the 
date  of  the  invoice,   the  number,  gross   weight,   and  general 
contents  of  each  box  or  package,  and  the  name  or  designation 
of  the  receiving  officer,  will  be  distinctly  marked  thereon  prior 
to  delivery  for  shipment.     Each  quartermaster  who  ships  or 
receives  ordnance  stores  will  satisfy  himself  that  the  seals  on 
the  packages  are  unbroken.     If   the  seals   should   be  broken 
and  any  stores  lost,  he  will  cause  the  value  of  the  lost  stores 
to  be  charged  to  the  carrier.   (A.R.  1547,  1913). 

Carding  carload  shipments 

289.  A  series  of  cards  has  been  prepared  covering  the  vari- 
ous classes  of  supplies  usually  shipped.  .  These  cards  are  8  by 
5  inches  and  are  of  distinctive  colors  indicating  the  bureau  to 
whom  the  supplies  belong,  those  for  the  Quartermaster  Corps 
also  having  a  band  across  the  middle  indicating  the  particular 
class  of  supplies. 

The  form  numbers  of  these  cards  with  the  color  and  de- 
scription are  as  follows : 

Q.M.C.  Form  475    (maroon)   Medical   Supplies. 

Q.M.C.  Form  476   (orange),  Signal   Supplies. 

Q.M.C.  Form  477   (scarlet),  Engineer  Supplies. 

Q.M.C.  Form  478  (buff  with  green  band)  Q.M.  Supplies — 
subsistence. 

Q.M.C.  Form  479  (buff  with  blue  band),  Q.M.  Supplies- 
forage. 

Q.M.C.  Form  480   (buff   with   red  band),    Q.M.    Supplies- 
clothing  and  equipage. 

Q.M.C  Form  481    (buff  with  white  band),  Q.M.  Supplies- 
general. 

Q.M.C.  Form  482   (white),  Ordnance  and  Ordnance  Stores. 

For  use  of  railroad  employees  in  tracing  or  expediting 
movements  of  cars,  the  next  supply  of  these  cards  that  are 
printed  will  also  have  alarge  numeral  (1  to  8)  placed  in  up- 
ner  right  hand  corner,  so  that  any  particular  class  of  supplies 
in  carloads  can  be  readily  located  en  route  and  given  prefer- 
ence if  desired. 


Handbook  of  Transportation  93 

Supply  of  these  cards  will  be  furnished  all  depots  and  ar- 
senals. One  card  should  be  placed  on  each  side  of  every 
carload  shipment,  properly  filled  in  and  securely  tacked  to 
the  car  door.  Future  supplies  needed  will  be  secured  by 
requisition  in  the  usual  manner.  (Cir.  4,  Q.M.G.O.,  1916). 

Express  shipments 

290.  Transportation  by  express,  when  in  excess  of  cost  by 
ordinary    freight,    must   be   limited   to   emergencies   and   ship- 
ments of  delicate  instruments,  and  vouchers  in  payment  must 
show    the    erjiergency    or    the    character    of    the    instruments 
transported  and  authority  for  such  transportation.     Upon  ap- 
plication approved  by  the  department  commander,  a  quarter- 
master may  transport  public  funds  by  express.     In  such  cases 
he  will  receipt  only  for  so  many  sealed  packages  said  to  con- 
tain   so    much    public    money.      When    an    absent    disbursing 
officer  sends  his  check  to  the  order  of  the  quartermaster,  re- 
questing him  to  express  the  amount  named  therein,  the  latter 
will  receipt  for  the  actual  amount  to  be  transported.     In  case 
of  loss  of  funds  by  unavoidable  accident  the  shipping  officer 
will  not  be  held  responsible,  and  the  officer  accountable   for 
the  funds  must  seek   relief  through  application  to  the  Court 
of  Claims  or  to  Congress.     (A.R.   1142,  1913). 

Express  small  packages 

291.  Under   existing  instructions,   shipping   quartermasters 
are  authorized  to  forward  small  packages  by  express  without 
obtaining    authority    therefor    in    advance    when    the    express 
charges  are  less  than  the  cost  of  shipment  by  ordinary  freight. 
Shipping  quartermaster  are   authorized,  in  figuring  the  com- 
parative  cost  of   shipment  by  express   as   compared   with  the 
cost  by  ordinary  freight,  to  include  in  the  estimated  cost  of 
shipment  by   freight   a   charge   of   25    cents    for  hauling,   and 
should  the  cost  of  expressage  be  less  than  the  cost  by  ordi- 
nary "freight  so  figured,  shipment  may  be  made  by  express,  as 
the  express  companies  make  delivery  at  point  where  required 
without  an  additional  charge  for  hauling.     (218498  Q.M.G.O. 
Sept.  28,  1906). 

Express  delicate  instruments;  officers*  papers 

292.  Authority  is  hereby  given  to  officers  of  the  Quarter- 
master Corps  to  ship  by  express,  when  called  upon  to  furnish 
such  transportation,  delicate  instruments  and  such  other  public 
property   of    small   weight   or   dimensions   as    is   likely   to   be 
damaged  or  lost  when  shipped  by  ordinary   freight ;  also   an 
officer's    official    papers,    accounts,    and    returns,    to    Chief    of 


94  Handbook  of  Transportation 

Bureau,   Washington,  District  of   Columbia,  when  too  bulky 
to  be  forwarded  by  mail. 

This  authority  will  not  be  extended  to  shipments  of 
property  .other  than  that  herein  specified  or  authorized  by  ex- 
isting regulations  without  the  sanction  of  the  Quartermaster 
General,  nor  will  it  in  any  instance  cover  shipments  to  secure 
quick  delivery  which  becomes  necessary  owing  to  delay  in 
making  timely  requisitions.  (Circ.  28,  Q.M.G.O.,  1905). 

Voltmeters  of  all  types,  ammeters,  electrical  instruments 
cases,  time  interval  clocks,  mercurial  barometers,  and  all  other 
electrical  apparatus  of  delicate  construction  wjiich  are  sus- 
ceptible to  injury  by  rough  handling  in  shipment  will  in  every 
instance  be  shipped  by  express.  (G.O.  86,  W.D.,  1912). 
Express,  insurance 

293.  The   insurance  of   public  money   or  property  is  pro- 
hibited  by   A.R.    596,    1913.      This    regulation    prohibits    any 
reference  to  the  value  of  packages   shipped  by  express,   ex- 
cept that  in  shipment  of  moneys  the  amount  should  be  shown. 

Express;  authority  to  be  shown 

294.  In  cases  where  special  authority  is  obtained  to  make 
shipment  by  express,   copy  of   authority  will  be   attached   to 
bill  of  lading.     (187577  Q.M.G.O.,  May  5,  1903). 

Express;  letters  or  packages  that  can  be  sent  by  mail 

295.  The  use  of  freight  or  express  lines  for  transmitting 
official  letters  or  packages  that  can  be  sent  by  mail  is   for- 
bidden.   (A.R.  838,   1913). 

Parcel  post  shipments 

296.  Packages  of  public  property  partaking  of  the  charac- 
teristics of  4th  class  mail  matter,  weighing  not  more  than  11 
pounds  and  not  greater  in  size  than  72  inches,  in  length  and 
girth  combined,  may  be  sent  through  the  mails  under  cover 
of  the  penalty  envelope.     Within  the  first  and  second  'parcel 
post  zones   the  weight  may  be  20  pounds   or  less.     Penalty 
envelopes  with  return  address  may  be  furnished  to  any  person 
from  whom   official   information   is   desired,   but   will   not  be 
furnished  to  merchants  or  other  dealers  to  cover  the  trans- 
mission of  public  property,  or  the  return  of  official  vouchers. 
(A.R.  837,  1913). 

Vehicles 

297.  For  instructions  as  to  shipment  of  vehicles,  see  para- 
graphs 189  to  194. 


Handbook  of  Transportation  95 

TRANSPORTATION  OF  ANIMALS 
State  sanitary  requirements 

298.  The  following  arc  the  State  sanitary  requirements 
governing  the  admission  of  horses  and  mules : 

ALABAMA  :  Health  certificate,  and  if  exposed  to  glanders, 
mallein  test  chart  must  accompany  same.  Designate  each 
animal  as  mare,  gelding,  stallion,  horse  mule  or  mare  mule. 
No  ticky  horses  or  mules  shall  be  brought  into  Alabama. 

ARIZONA  :  Health  certificate,  perf  erably  including  mallein 
test. 

ARKANSAS  AND  CALIFORNIA:     Health  certificate. 
COLORADO  :     Health  certificate,  including  mallein  test. 
CONNECTICUT,   DELAWARE,   DISTRICT   OF   COLUMBIA,    FLORIDA 
and  GEORGIA:     None. 

HAWAII  AND  IDAHOS  Health  certificate,  including  mallein 
test  chart. 

ILLINOIS  :    None. 

INDIANA  :  Certificate  of  soundness  for  stallions  along  with 
affidavit  showing  them  to  be  free  from  contagious,  infectious, 
or  communicable  diseases. 

IOWA  AND  KANSAS  :  Health  certificate,  including  mallein 
test. 

KENTUCKY  :  Health  certificate  issued  within  four  days 
prior  to  date  of  shipment  showing  animals  to  be  free  from 
contagious  and  infectious  diseases  communicable  to  man. 

LOUISIANA  :  Health  certificate  showing  freedom  from  all 
contagious,  infectious,  and  communicable  diseases. 

MAINE:  Any  person  or  persons  bringing  horses  or  mules 
into  the  State  must  have  a  permit  and  shall  notify  the  live- 
stock sanitary  commissioner,"  Waterville,  Maine,  within  48 
hours  after  their  arrival,  who  shall  at  once  cause  the  same  to 
be  examined  either  by  a  physical  examination  or  to  be  tested* 
with  mallein,  or  the  blood  test  used,  at  the  expense  of  the 
owner,  and  if  an  animal  is  found  to  be  glandered  no  com- 
pensation shall  be  allowed. 

MARYLANDS    Health  certificate. 
MASSACHUSETTS  AND  MICHIGAN  :    None. 

MINNESOTA  :  All  branded  horses,  or  mules  imported  into 
the  State  must  be  accompanied  by  a  health  certificate,  includ- 
ing mallein  test,  certifying  that  animals  have  been  examined 


96  Handbook  of  Transportation 

and  mallein  tested  within  30  days  prior  to  date  of  shipment 
and  found  free  from  glanders. 

MISSISSIPPI  :     Health  certificate. 

MISSOURI  :  Health  certificate  showing  freedom  from  all 
contagious,  infectious  or  communicable  diseases. 

MONTANA  :     Health  certificate,  including  mallein  test. 
NEBRASKA  :     Health  certificate. 

NEVADA  :  Health  certificate,  including  mallein-test  certifi- 
cate. Physical  examination  of  stallions  for  dourine.  Certifi- 
cate and  record  of  mallein  test  mailed  to  State  Quarantine 
Board,  veterinary  division,  University  of  Nevada,  Reno, 
Nevada,  on  date  of  shipment. 

NEW  HAMPSHIRE  AND  NEW  JERSEY  :     None. 

NEW  MEXICO:    Health  certificate. 

NEW  YORK:  Must  be  free  from  contagious  or  infectious 
disease. 

NORTH  CAROLINA:  Health  certificate  when  horses  are  for 
breeding  purposes. 

NORTH  DAKOTA  :  Health  certificate,  including  mallein  test 
made  within  30  days  prior  to  entry  into  State.  Certificate  for 
stallions  should,  in  addition,  show  the  animals  free  from  in- 
fectious; contagious  or  transmissible  diseases  or  unsoundness. 

OHIO:     None. 

OKLAHOMA  :  Health  certificate,  stating  particularly  that 
stock  is  free  from  ticks  . 

OREGON  :  Health  certificate  including  the  mallein,  comple- 
ment-fixtation,  or  other  officially  accepted  test. 

PENNSYLVANIA:     Must  be  free  from  transmissible  diseases. 

RHODE  ISLAND  :    None. 

SOUTH  CAROLINA  :  Health  certificate.  Mallein  test  of  any 
exposed  animals. 

TENNESSEE:  Must  be  free  from  equine  scabies,  Texas 
fever  ticks,  glanders,  or  other  contagious,  infectious,  or 
communicable  diseases.  Horses  and  mules  originating  in  a 
quarantined  area,  quarantined  on  account  of  existance  of 
Southern,  splenic  or  Texas  fever  outside  of  the  State  of 
Tennessee,  shall  not  at  any  time  be  transported,  driven,  or  al- 
lowed to  drift  there  from  into  any  portion  of  Tennessee,  un- 
less they  are  dipped  in  a  standard  arsenical  solution  either  at 
point  of  origin,  in  transit,  or  on  arrival  at  destination. 

TEXAS  :     Health  certificate. 


Handbook  of  Transportation  97 

UTAH  :  Health  certificate,  including  mallein-test  chart.  For 
stallions,  certificate  that  they  are  not  afflicted  with  dourinc, 
and,  for  mares,  that  the}-  are  free  from  contagious  abortion. 
The  tests  to  have  been  made  not  more  than  20  days  next  prior 
to  date  of  shipment  from  State  of  origin. 

VERMONT:  Must  be  accompanied  by  (a)  permit  from  Ver- 
mont livestock  commissioner,  White  River  Junction,  Vermont, 
specifying  the  number  of  head  and  the  state  or  country  from 
which  shipment  is  made,  and  destination  in  Vermont,  of  (b), 
certificate  of  inspection  by  a  competent  and  reliable  veter- 
inarian, or  (c)  certificate  of  inspection  and  mallein  test 
signed  by  an  In-spector  in  the  employ  of  the  Bureau  of 
Animal  Industry. 

VIRGINIA  :     None. 

WASHINGTON  :     Physical  inspection. 

WEST  VIRGINIA  :     None. 

WISCONSIN  :  Health  certificates,  giving  description  of  each 
animal.  Those  animals  known  to  have  been  exposed  to 
glanders  should  be  mallein  tested. 

WYOMING:     Health  certificate. 

The  various  requirements,  of  the  various  States  are  in  the 
interests  of  the  general  public  and  should  be  observed  on 
shipments  of  horses  or  mules  for  the  Army  into  said  States 
under  normal  conditions.  In  time  of  war,  or  other  public 
emergency,  authority  of  the  War  Department  should  be  ob- 
tained for  waiving  these  requirements.  The  inspection  neces- 
sary should  be  made  before  shipment  and  copy  of  certificate 
furnished  the  attendant  accompanying  the  animals.  The 
original  certificate  should  be  mailed,  wiih  the  original  bill  of 
lading,  to  the  consignee. 

Payment  of  fees 

299.  The  payment  of  a  fee  to  State  authorities  for  inspec- 
tion is  unauthorized  and  reimbursement  for  any  payments  of 
this  nature  by  railroad  companies  or  the  attendant  accompany- 
ing the  animals  can  not  be  made. 

Disinfecting  stock  cars 

300.  To  disinfect  a  stock  car,  spray  with  cloride  of  lime  2 
per  cent  solution;  or  creolin  solution,  6Q  c.c.   (4  tablespoons) 
in  a  bucket  of  water;  or  clean  thoroughly  and  whitewash  with 
freshly  prepared  whitewash. 


98  Handbook  of  Transportation 

Loading  animals 

301.  For  instructions  as  to  loading  animals,  see  paragraph 
196. 

28-hour  law 

302.  The  Act  of  June  29,  1906  (34  Stat.  607),  provides  in 
brief  that  during  shipment  by  common  carriers  animals  shall 
not  be  confined  in  cars,  boats,  or  vessels  of  any  description 
for  a  longer  period  than  twenty-eight  consecutive  hours  with- 
out unloading  the  same  into  properly  equipped  pens  for  rest- 
ing,   watering    and    feeding    for    a    period    of    at    least    five 
consecutive  hours,  unless  prevented  by  storm  or  other  acci- 
dental or  unavoidable  causes  which  cannot  "be  anticipated  or 
avoided  by  the  exercise  of  due  diligence  and  foresight ;  pro- 
viding, that  upon  the  written  request  of  the  owner  or  person 
in  custody  of   that  particular  shipment  the  time  of  confine- 
ment may  be  extended  to  thirty-six  hours. 

There  is  nothing  in  this  statute  which  expressly  exempts 
shipment  of  Government  animals  but  the  Judge  Advocate 
General  of  the  Army  has  held :  "The  statute  does  not  apply 
to  the  shipment  of  Government  animals,  particularly  those  be- 
longing to  the  Army."  (A.G.O.  2389310).  Where  the  neces- 
sity for  expeditious  movement  is  such  as  to  warrant  disregard 
of  the  provisions  of  the  above  s.tatute  relative  to  unloading 
for  resting,  the  commanding  officer  of  each  train,  or  section 
thereof,  should  furnish  the  representative  of  the  railroad  a 
certificate  stating  that  it  is  necessary  in  the  military  service 
for  such  animals,  to  be  forwarded  through  to  destination  in 
the  shortest  possible  time  without  stopping  to  unload. 

Attendants  accompanying  animals 

303.  The   following  instructions  relative  to  transportation 
of  attendants  accompanying  shipments  of  live  stock  must  be 
complied  with  literally  by  all   shipping  quartermasters : 

(1)  Free  transportation,  carload  shipments:     An   attend- 
ant is  in  most  cases  furnished  free  transportation  to  destina- 
tion of  live  stock  with  one  car  of  horse  or  mules,  but  no  free 
return  transportation  is  furnished  except  as  provided  in  sub- 
paragraph   (3-)   below. 

(2)  Free  transportation,  less  carload  shipments'.     In  Of- 
ficial  Classification  Territory,   i.e.,   territory  east  of   Chicago 
or  St.  Louis,  and  north  of  the  Ohio  and  Potomac  Rivers  (in- 
cluding Front   Royal,   Va.,  when  destined  to  this  territory), 
an  attendant  is  furnished  free  transportation  to  destination, 


Handbook  of  Transportation  99 

but  in  all  other  territory,  western  and  southern,  free  trans- 
portation is  not  furnished  to  attendants  with  less  than  car- 
load shipments. 

(3)  Free  return  transportation  for  attendants  traveling  to 
place   of  hire  after  conducting  live  stock:     In  the  territory 
west   of    Chicago   and   the   Mississippi    River    (including  the 
States    of    Illinois    and    Wisconsin),    but    not    including    the 
States  of  California,  Oregon,  or  Washington,  or  local  stations 
on  the   Southern   Pacific  Co.   in  Arizona,   free  return  trans- 
portation will  be  furnished  an  attendant  who  has  accompanied 
a  carload  of  horses  or  mules  . 

Note :  On  carload  shipments  of  horses  or  mules  from 
location  station  of  the  Chicago,  Milwaukee  and  St.  Paul, 
Great  Northern,  or  Northern  Pacific  Railroads  to  a  destina- 
tion located  on  same  railroad  in  Oregon  or  Washington,  free 
return  transportation  will  also  be  furnished  to  an  attendant. 

(4)  Method  of  securing  transportation  for  attendants  ac- 
companying live  stock :     In  cases  where  an  attendant  or  at- 
tendants, accompany  shipments  of  animals  in  carload  or  less 
carload  lots,  no  separate  transportation  request  will  be  drawn 
by  shipping  quartermasters  for  their  transportation,  but  bill 
of  lading  which  is  issued  for  the  shipment  of  live  stock  will 

be  indorsed  "Transportation  required,  for or 

attendants,"    (giving   names   and   addresses  in   each  case,   if 
practicable),   and   shipping  officers   will  immediately   arrange 
with  agents  of  common  carriers  to  issue  transportation  for 
attendants  on  this  authority.     The  fare  of  attendants,  when 
not  carried  free,  will  be  paid  by  the  disbursing  quartermaster 
in  connection  with  the  freight  charges  on  the  live  stock  when 
settlement  is  made  on  bill  of  lading. 

(5)  Method  of  securing  return  transportation  for  attend- 
ants:    (a)      Where    as    shown    in    sub-paragraph    (3),    free 
return  transportation  is  authorized  under  the  regulations  of 
the  carriers  concerned,  no  return  transportation  request  will  be 
issued  by  the  Quartermaster  Corps,  but  attendants  will  be  in- 
structed to  present  their  stock  contracts  to  agents  at  destina- 
tion and   secure  transportation  without  cost  to   the  Govern- 
ment in  accordance  with  the  rules  noted  above. 

(b)  When  it  is  necessary  to  furnish  return  transportation, 
to  enable  the  attendants  to  return  to  their  proper  stations, 
and  where  no  free  transportation  is  authorized  under  railroad 
rules,  transportation  requests  will  be  issued  for  the  return 
journey  of  the  class  and  under  the  conditions  shown  below. 
This  transportation  will  preferably  be  issued  by  the  shipping 


100  Handbook  of  Transportation 

officer  at  originating  point,  but  if  not  practicable  to  do  so, 
may  be  issued  by  the  quartermaster  to  whom  consigned  at 
destination.  In  cases  of  shipments  to  points  in  Oregon  and 
Washington,  from  points  east  of  St.  Paul,  Minn.,  transporta- 
tion at  one-half  first-class  limited  fare  is  furnished  the  re- 
turning attendant  and  transportation  request  issued  for  such 
travel  will  be  indorse*}  "One-half  first-class  limited,  return- 
ing attendant,  Trans-Continental  Freight  Bureau  Regulations." 

Class  of  transportation  to  be  furnished  for  attendants  re- 
turning : 

Attendants  returning  from  accompanying  shipments  of 
animals  will  be  furnished  the  same  class  of  transportation 
as  is  provided  under  their  grade  in  paragraph  228  to  232. 
The  transportation  requests  issued  for  this  class  of  travel 
must  be  indorsed  under  "Nature  of  Journey"  "Stock  At- 
tendant Returning — Private  Animals,"  or  "Stock  Attendant 
Returning — Public  Animals,"  as  the  case  may  be. 

Expenses  incident  to  shipment  of  animals 

304.  It  is  the  intention  of  the  Quartermaster   Corps  that 
shipments   of   public  animals    on   Government   bill   of   lading 
shall    be    fully    foraged    by    the    Quartermaster    Corps    from 
originating  point  of  destination,  but  for  other  expenses,  such 
as  loading,  unloading,   resting,  watering,   and   for   occasional 
emergency  feeding  charges  that  may  have  to  be  incurred  en 
route,  attendants  in  charge  of  live  stock  will  be  furnished  by 
the  shipping  quartermasters  in  all  cases  with  a  form  of  cer- 
tificate indicating  number  and  date  of  bill  of  lading,  issuing 
officer,  shipping  point,  destination,  and  routing,  to  be  used  by 
them  in  calling  for  services  of  the  character  referred  to  above 
when  in  transit.     These  certificates  to  be  signed  in  duplicate 
by  the  attendant   in   charge.     One   copy  to   be  given   to   the 
agent  of  the  carrier  at  the  point  where  the  services  are  per- 
formed and  one  copy  delivered  by  him  to  the  consignee,  to 
be  forwarded  by  the  latter  to  the  disbursing  officer,  who  will 
settle  the  charges  on  bill  of  lading,  as  shown  by  paragraph 
106  hereof.     (Circ.  30,   Q.M.G.O.,   1913). 

Transportation  of  mounts — Regulations  governing 

305.  The  Quartermaster  Corps  will  transport  for  officers 
changing  station,  and  for  graduates  of  the  United  States  Mili- 
tary Academy  assigned  to  mounted  organizations   upon  first 
assignment  to  station,  the  number  of  horses  for  which  they 
are  legally  entitled  to  forage  and  an  attendant  to  accompany 
the  horses  when  necessary,  subject  to  the  following  restric- 
tions : 


Handbook  oi  Transportation  101 

1.  That  the  expense  to  the  United  States  shall  not  exceed 
$100    for   each   horse   transported.     The   entire   cost  of   such 
shipment  may  be  paid  by  the  Quartermaster  Corps,  but  if  the 
entire  cost  exceed  $100  for  each  horse,  including  transporta- 
tion of  attendant,  if  any,  the  excess  must  be  refunded  to  the 
Quartermaster   Corps    by   the    owner.     The    expenses   of   the 
attendant  other  than   his  transportation   will  not  be  paid  by 
the  Quartermaster  Corps,  except  that  when. an  enlisted  man 
is  ordered  to  be  such  attendant  there  may  be  paid  also  com- 
mutation of  rations  when  necessary. 

2.  That  the  shipment  shall  be  made  at  a  valuation  of  not 
to  exceed  $100  per  animal,  unless  the  owner  pays,  under  the 
regulations  of  the  Quartermaster  Corps,  the  cost  incident  to 
increased  valuation. 

3.  That  the  horses  are  owned  by  the  officer  and  are   in- 
tended to   be  used  by  him  at  his  new  station  in   the  public 
service. 

4.  The  horses   of   deceased   or  retired   officers   or  officers 
ordered  to  their  homes  to  await  retirement,  or  of  officers  ef- 
fecting a  voluntary  transfer,  will  not  be  transported  at  public 
expense. 

5.  When  horses  are  purchased  by  officers  at  points  other 
than    their    station    the    Quartermaster    Corps    will    transport 
them   from  points   of  purchase  to  the  station   of  the  officer, 
provided  the  officer  is  entitled  to  have  and  has  not  had  his 
authorized  private  mounts   shipped   from  his   old  to  his  new 
station,  and  provided,  when  the  cost  of  shipment  from  point 
of  purchase  to  new  station  exceeds  the  cost  from  the  old  to 
the   new   station   on   last  change    of    station,    the    officer   will 
deposit  the  excess  cost  with  the  shipping  officer  when  ship- 
ment is  made  by  the  Quartermaster  Corps. 

6.  Officers  ordered  for  extended  service  over  the  seas  or 
to  Alaska,  if  they  so  desire,  may  have  their  authorized  mounts 
transported  from  their  old  station  to  any  designated  point  in 
the    United    States    for    safe-keeping,and    upon    their    return 
transported  to  their  new  stations  in  the  United  States. 

7.  Private  mounts  of  officers  in  excess  of  the  authorized 
number  of  mounts  may  be  shipped  on  the  same  Government 
bill  of  lading  with  authorized  mounts,  upon  deposit  with  the 
shipping  officers,  prior  to  shipment,  of  a  sum  equal  to  the  com- 
mercial  freight  charges  on  the  excess   mount  or  mounts,  to 
be  ascertained  from  or  through  the  agent  of  the  carrier  at 
point  of   shipment,   and  cost  of  exchange   for  remittance  to 
the   officer   who   will   settle   the   transportation   charges.     The 


102  B'and'book  of  Transportation 


excess  mounts   will   not  be   shipped   on   Government   bill   o/ 
lading  unless  such  deposit  be  first  made. 

8.  Officers  making  application  for  shipment  of  mounts  will 
in  all  cases  specify  the  last  change  of  station,  referring  to 
orders  under  which  it  was  made,  and  also  the  number  of 
private  mounts  previously  transported,  if  any,  on  last  change 
of  station. 

Officers*  detailed  on  service  in  a  foreign  country  and  re- 
quired to  be  mounted  should  furnish  their  own  mounts,  such 
mounts  to  be  transported  to  and  from  their  foreign  stations 
at  the  expense  of  the  United  States,  the  limitation  in  the  cost 
of  transportation,  as  prescribed  in  section  1  of  this  paragraph, 
being  waived  in  such  cases.  However,  if  an  officer  below  the 
rank  of  major  so  desired,  a  public  mount  may  be  assigned  to 
him  and  transported  as  hereinbefore  provided,  or,  if  it  be  to 
the  interest  of  the  United  States,  a  mount  may  be  purchased 
for  him  in  the  vicinity  of  his  foreign  station.  Such  officers 
should  advise  the  War  Department  by  which  method  they 
desire  to  be  furnished  mounts.  (Under  present  regulations 
of  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  animals  cannot  be  returned 
from  the  Philippine  Islands  to  the  United  States.)  (A.  R. 
1098,  1913.) 

Transportation  of  mounts  to  remount  depots 

306.  1.  An  officer  of  the  Army  will  be  permitted  to  have 
his  authorized  private  mounts  (stallions  excepted),  for  which 
forage  is  allowed,  shipped  to  and  cared  for  at  a  remount 
depot  during  his  absence  on  foreign  service  or  while  on  duty 
in  Alaska. 

2.  The  officer  will  make  written  application  for  permission 
to  send  his  mount  to  a  designated  remount  depot,  upon  receipt 
of  which  the  post  or  regimental   commander  will  cause  the 
horse  to  be  examined  by  a  veterinarian  as  to  soundness  and 
will  make  a  personal  examination  as  to  fitness  as  an  officer's 
mount,  and  the  post  commander  will  indorse  on  the  applica- 
tion the  result  of  the  examination  and  then  forward  the  ap- 
plication directly  to  the  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  for 
the  decision   of  the   Secretary  of  War.     No   horses   will   be 
shipped  to  a  remount  depot  that  does  not  pass  both  inspec- 
tions, above  provided  for,  and  indicate  prospective  suitability 
for  military  service  at  probable  termination  of  the   officer's 
foreign  service. 

3.  The  horses  will  be  shipped  to  and   from  the  remount 
depot  and  kept  there  entirely  at  the  risk  of  the  owner.     An 


Handbook  of  Transportation  103 

officer  in  charge  of  a  remount  depot  shall  have  the  right  to 
destroy  a  horse  belonging  to  an  officer  \vhen  necessary  to  pre- 
vent contagion  or  to  terminate  suffering;  and  neither  the 
Government  nor  the  authorities  at  a  remount  depot  will  be 
held  responsible  in  case  of  accident  or  disease.  In  case  of 
death  or  destruction  of  an  officer's  horse  at  a  remount  depot 
the  affidavit  of  the  veterinarian  and  the  certificate  of  the 
officer  in  charge  or  his  assistant  will  be  forwarded  to  the 
owner,  and  will  operate  to  relieve  the  officer  in  charge  of 
further  responsibility. 

4.  An   officer's   mount,   upon   arrival   at  a   remount    depot, 
will  be  lip-branded  and  an  accurate  descriptive  card,  showing 
the   owner's    name,    will   be   prepared.      The    same    care    and 
attention  as  regards  handling,  stabling,  grooming  and  feeding 
will  be  given  the  mount  as  is  accorded  a  horse  purchased  by 
the  Government  for  military  service  and  will  include  turning 
out  to  pasture  during  six  or  eight  months  in  the  year  and 
feeding  in  open  sheds  in  pasture  during  the  remainder  of  the 
year. 

5.  On  account  of  climatic  conditions  shipments  of  officers' 
horses  to  and  from  Fort  Keogh  Remount  Depot  should  be 
avoided  between   November   1    and   April   1.      (A.   R.    1099, 
1913.) 

Transportation  of  mounts.     Descriptive  card 

307.  When  private  mounts  of  officers  are  shipped  on  change 
of  station  under  the  provision  of  Par.   1098,  A.   R.f  1913,  a 
descriptive   card  of   each  mount  will  accompany   the  invoice 
covering  the  shipment   so  as   to   enable  the   receiving  officer 
readily   to    identify   the   animal    upon   arrival   at   destination. 
(Par.  11,  G.  O.,  6,  W.  D.,  1915.)     Officers. 

Transportation  of  mounts.    Certificates 

308.  All  private  mounts  turned  over  to  the  Quartermaster 
Corps  for  transportation  must  be  accompanied  by  a  certificate, 
in  duplicate   (Q.  M.  C.  Form  470),  signed  by  the  owner  of 
the  mounts,  stating  that  they  are  authorized  mounts  and  in- 
tended for  use  in  the  public  service  at  the  new  station,  and 
giving  reference  to  the  order  for  the  change  of  station.   These 
certificates   should   be   attached   to   the   memorandum   bill   of 
lading.     Officers  desiring  to  ship  their  private  mounts  to  the 
Philippine  Islands  should,  before  they  leave  the  United  States, 
execute  certificate  showing  that  it  is  proposed  to  use  them  in 
the   discharge   of   their   official   duties,   the   certificate  to   ac- 
company other  papers  pertaining  to  the  animals  transported 


104  Handbook  of  Transportation 

to  the  Philippine  Islands.     (Bui.  2,  W.  D.,  1913.)     Q.  M.   C. 
Form  470  can  be  used  for  this  purpose. 

Excess  mounts  over  authorized  number 

309.  For  instructions  relative  to  disposition  of  the  amount 
collected    under    section    7,    Par.    1098,    A.    R.,    see    Par.   340 
hereof. 

Transportation  of  mounts.    Over-sea  shipments 

310.  Where  private  mounts  are  to  be  shipped  to  any  point 
over-sea,  or  in  Alaska,  instructions  should  be  requested  from 
the  Quartermaster  General  before  shipments  are  made. 

Transportation  of  mounts.    To  service  schools 

311.  The   duly   authorized   private   mounts    will   be    trans- 
ported at  public  expense  to  and  from  their  proper  stations  for 
student    officers    detailed    for    the    courses    at    the    following 
schools : 

(a)  The  Army  War  College,  Washington,  D.  C. 

(b)  The  Army  School  of  the  Line,  Ft.  Leavenworth,  Kan. 

(c)  The  Army  Staff  College,  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kan. 

(d)  The  Army  Signal  School,  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kan. 

(e)  The  Army  Field  Engineer  School,  Fort  Leavenworth, 
Kan. 

(/)  The  Mounted  Service  School,  Fort  Riley,  Kan. 
(Second  year  course.) 

(g)     The  Coast  Artillery   School,  Fort  Monroe,  Va. 

(h)     The  Engineer  School,  Washington  Barracks,  D.  C. 

Private  mounts  will  not  be  transported  at  public  expense  for 
student  officers  detailed  for  the  following  courses : 

(a)  The  Mounted  Service  School,  Fort  Riley,  Kan.    (Field 
Officers  course.) 

(b)  The  Mounted  Service  School,  Fort  Riley,  Kan.    (First 
year  course.) 

(c}     The  Army  Medical  School,  Washington,  D.  C. 

(d)  The  School  of  Fire  for  Field  Artillery,  Fort  Sill,  Okla. 

(e)  The  School  of  Musketry,  Fort  Sill,  Okla. 

Transportation  of  mounts.    Change  of  status 

312.  An  officer  stationed  at  point  where  he  is  on  mounted 
status  and  who  is  transferred  to  another  station  as  an   un- 
mounted   officer    will    be    furnished    transportation    at    public 
expense  for  his  authorized  mounts.     (A.  G.  O.  No.  1716007.) 

An  officer  on  change  of  station  from  a  point  where  he  is 
on  a  dismounted  status  to  a  station  where  his  duties  require 
him  to  be  mounted  will  be  furnished  transportation  for  his 


Handbook  of  Transportation  105 

authorized  private  mounts  at  public  expense.     (A.  G.  O.  No. 
1789773,  A.  G.  O.  No.  2297849.) 

An  officer  who  is  on  a  dismounted  status  and  changes 
station  as  an  unmounted  officer,  but  after  arrival  at  his  new 
station  is  assigned  to  duty  which  requires  him  to  be  mounted 
is  not  entitled  to  transportation  at  public  expense  of  his  pri- 
vate mounts  from  his  old  station.  (A.  G.  O.  No.  1706935.) 

Transportation  of  mounts.     Retired  officer  on  recruiting 
duty 

313.  Circular  81,  W.  D.,  1908,  provides  that  "Officers  of 
the  Army  on  the  Retired  List  who  may  be  detailed  to  -active 
duty  in  the  recruiting  service     *     *     *    are   not   officers   re- 
quired   to    be    mounted."      Shipment    of    mounts    of    retired 
officers  ordered   on   recruiting   service  should,   therefore,   not 
be  made  at  public  expense. 

Transportation  of  mounts.    Horse  shows  and  horse  races 

314.  The  transportation  at  public  expense  of  officers,  en- 
listed   men    or    horses    for    the    purpose    of    participating    in 
horse  shows  or  horse  races  is  unauthorized,  unless  the  troop, 
battery,   or   company  to   which   the   officers,   enlisted  men   or 
horses  belong  is  ordered  by  the  Secretary  of  War  to  attend. 
(Act  of  April  27,  1914.) 

Transportation' of  mounts.    Resigned  officers 

315.  An   officer  who   resigns   from  the   service   is   not  en- 
titled to  transportation,  at  public  expense,  to  his  last  station, 
of  his  private  mounts,  unless  such  transportation  was  begun 
before  the  tender  of  his  resignation.     (A.  G.  O.  No.  2338263.) 

Transportation  of  mounts.    Medical  reserve  corps 

316.  Medical  Reserve  Corps  officers  ordered  to  active  duty 
are  entitled  to  transportation  of   their  mounts  at  public  ex- 
pense.    (Circular   13,  W.   D.   1909.) 

Transportation  of  mounts.     Transport  surgeon 

317.  An  officer  of  the  Medical  Corps  assigned  to  duty  as 
Transport    Surgeon   cannot-  have   his   mounts   transported   at 
public  expense  to  the  home  port  of  the  transport.     (A.  G.  O. 
No.  1771734.) 

Transportation  of  mounts.    Officers  taking  test  rides 

318.  The  horses  of  officers  taking  riding  tests  will  not  be 
sent  to  the  place  where  the  test  is  held  except  when  it  can 
be   done   without  cost  to   the   United   States.      (Circular   59, 
W.  D.,  1909.) 


106  Handbook  of  Transportation 

Transportation  of  mounts.    Officers  on  militia  duty 

319.  Duty   with   the   organized   militia   of   officers   of   the 
active  list  and  of  retired  officers  does  not  require  them  to  be 
mounted  in  the  sense  contemplated  in  paragraph  1272,  A.  R. 
1913   (G.  O.  121,  1911). 

The  above  order  is  not  to  be  construed  as  prohibiting  trans- 
portation of  horses  of  mounted  officers.  The  Secretary  of 
War  has  held  that  the  following  classes  of  officers  on  the 
active  list  detailed  upon  duty  in  connection  with  the  Organized 
Militia  are  required  to  be  mounted,  and  are  entitled  to  trans- 
portation at  public  expense  for  their  authorized  private  mounts 
when  joining,  or  being  relieved,  from  such  duty: 

(a)  Officers  of  cavalry  and  field  artillery. 

(b)  Officers  above  the  grade  of  captain.     (A.  G.  O.  No. 
1818396.) 

Transportation  of  mounts.     Stalling  cars 

320.  There  is  no  authority  under  which  the  cost  of  build- 
ing stalls  in  box  cars  for  transportation  of  private  mounts 
can  be  paid  from  public  funds.     If  stalls  are  desired  by  the 
officers  concerned,  the  expenses  of  installation  must  be  paid 
by  the  officers  from  personal  funds.     (Q.  M.  G.  O.  431245.) 

Private  Mounts— Returned  from  abroad— Customs  regula- 
tions 

321.  The  following  information  will  be  found  of  value  to 
officers    ordered   abroad   who   take   with    them   their   private 
mounts,   and   who   desire   their   mounts   returned   upon   their 
change  of   station  back  to  the  United   States.     In   order   to 
facilitate   prompt   admittance   of   private   mounts    at   port   of 
entry,   the    following   instructions    should   be    complied    with: 

1st.  Certificates  in  duplicate  are  required  from  the  owner 
of  the  horse  to  the  effect  that  he  had  the  horse  in  his 
possession  for  at  least  6  months,  and  to  the  best  of  his  know- 
ledge and  belief  it  has  not  been  exposed  to  contagious  disease. 

2nd.  From  the  Agent  in  charge  of  the  district  of  the 
foreign  country  in  which  the  horse  had  been,  to  the  effect 
that  to  the  best  of  his  knowledge  and  belief  there  is  no  con- 
tagious disease  existing  in  the  said  district  to  which  said 
horse  had  been  exposed  . 

3rd.  A  certificate  of  a  local  veterinarian  that  he  had  made 
examination  of  the  horse,  and  found  it  to  be  free  from 
disease. 

All  of  these  certificates  should,  of  course,  show  details  as 
to  the  ownership  of  the  horse,  age,  sex,  and  full  description. 


Handbook  of  Transportation  107 

v 

In  accordance  with  tariff  laws  and  regulations  of  the  Secre- 
tary of  the  Treasury,  in  order  to  secure  entry  without  pay- 
ment of  import  duties,  a  formal  entry  must  be  made  of  the 
horse  at  the  port  of  entry,  by  the  owner,  or  his  agent,  in 
writing.  With  the  entry  must  be  filed  a  declaration  by  the 
foreign  exporter  of  the  horse  made  before  a  U.  S.  Consul, 
stating  that  the  horse  was  exported  from  the  United  States. 
The  entry  should  be  accompanied  by  evidence  of  exportation, 
which  in  the  event  the  horse  was  returned  to  the  original  port 
of  exportation,  will  be  on  the  records  of  the  Custom  House 
at  that  port.  The  person  making  entry  must  verify  same  by 
oath.  In  the  event  that  the  horse  does  not  come  in  at  the 
port  of  original  exportation,  a  certificate  of  exportation  must 
be  furnished  or  a  bond  for  its  production  may  be  given  in  the 
sum  equal  to  the  duties  which  may  be  assessed  if  the  horse 
were  of  foreign  origin.  The  Collector  may  waive  the  pro- 
duction of  evidence  of  outward  shipment  when  satisfied  from 
an  examination  of  the  horse  that  it  is  of  American  origin, 
and  an  affidavit  of  the  owner  shows  that  it  is  impracticable 
to  obtain  such  evidence.  Where  horses  are  purchased  by 
officers  in  foreign  countries,  free  entry  can  not  be  secured, 
and  the  officer  owning  the  horse  must  pay  from  personal  fund 
the  amount  of  import  duties  imposed. 

TRANSPORTATION  OF  BAGGAGE,  HOUSEHOLD 
GOODS,  PERSONAL  EFFECTS  AND  PROFES- 
SIONAL BOOKS 

Regulations  governing  transportation  of  baggage 

322.  In  changing  station  authorized  allowances  of  baggage 
will  be  turned  over  to  the  quartermaster  to  be  packed,  crated, 
weighed  and  marked   for  transportation  as   freight  by  ordi- 
nary   freight    lines.      When    the    necessary   packing,    crating, 
weighing  and  marking  may  be  done  by  the  Ordnance  Depart- 
ment at  arsenals,  armories,  or  ordnance  depots,  or  it  may  be 
done  by  the  Engineer  Department  at  places  where  labor  and 
supplies  are  available,  in  which  cases  settlement  will  be  made 
as  provided  in  paragraph  619,  A.  R. 

Allowance  for  each  grade 

323.  The  baggage  to  be  transported  at  public  expense,  in- 
cluding mess  chests  and  personal   baggage,  upon  change  of 
station,  will  not  exceed  when  packed  and  crated  the  follow- 
ing gross  weights: 


108  Handbook  of  Transportation 

In  the  field  or    Permanent 

RANK.  temporary        Change  of 

Change  of  Station     Station 
Pounds  Pounds 

Lieutenant  General 1,500  15,000 

Major  General • 1,000  10,500 

Brigadier  General 700  8,400 

Field  Officer 400  7,200 

Captain 200  6,000 

First  Lieutenant,  Contract  Surgeon 

and  Acting  Dental  Surgeon  ...  150  5,100 

Second  Lieutenant  and  Veterinarian  150  4,500 

Noncommissioned  officers  above 

grade  17,  paragraph  9  •  ....  3,000 

Noncommissioned  officers,  grade 

17,  paragraph  9,  upon  change  of 

station  without  troops  .. .  ....  1,500 

Pay  Clerk,  Quartermaster  Corps..  3,000 

Civilian  employees  of  the  classified 

service  transferred  for  the  good 

of  the  service ....  3,000 

These  allowances  are  in  excess  of  the  weights  transported 
free  of  charge  under  the  regular  fare  by  public  carriers.  They 
may  be  reduced  pro  rata  by  the  commanding  officer,  if  neces- 
sary, and  may  in  special  cases  be  increased  by  the  War  De- 
partment on  transports  by  water. 

Invoices 

324.  Invoices  of  household  goods  or  personal  effects  turned 
over  to  the  shipping  officer  will  be  accompanied  by  a  certificate 
showing  that  the  goods  are  property  of  the  officer,  noncom- 
missioned   officer,   or   civilian    employee   requesting   the   ship- 
ment. 

Excess  over  allowances 

325.  Baggage  in  excess  of  the  foregoing  allowances  will  be. 
shipped   upon   the    same    bill    of    lading   with    the    regulation 
allowance    upon    deposit    with    the    shipping   officer,    prior    to 
issue  of  the  bill  of  lading,  of  a  sum  equal  to  the  commercial 
freight  charges  on  the  same,  to  be  ascertained  from  or  through 
the  agent   of  the  carrier  at  point  of   shipment,   and  cost  of 
exchange    for   remittance  to    the   officer   who    will   settle   the 
transportation  charges.     The  excess   will  not  be   shipped  on 
Government  bill  of  lading  unless  such  deposit  be  first  made. 


Handbook  of  Transportation  109 

• 

Released  shipments 

326.  Bills  of  lading  covering  shipments  of  baggage  will  in 
all    cases    carry   notation    "Released    Valuation    $10    per    100 
pounds,"    unless   the   owner   files   written   authority   with    the 
shipping  quartermaster  to  ship  his  entire  baggage  unreleased. 
In  the  latter  case  bills  of  lading  must  carry  the  notation  "un- 
limited   valuation,"    provided    the    owner    deposits    with    the 
shipping  quartermaster   a  sum   equal   to   the   additional  com- 
mercial cost  of  shipment  at  "unlimited  valuation." 

Military  attaches 

327.  An  officer  detailed  for  duty  in  a  foreign  country  as 
a  military  attache  is  entitled  to  packing,  crating,  and  trans- 
portation of  professional  books  and  papers  and  the  number 
of  pounds  of  personal  baggage  specified  in  the  table  above. 

Retirement  or  death 

328.  The  Quartermaster  Corps  will  pack,  crate  and  trans- 
port the  authorized  change  of  station  allowance  of  baggage 
and  professional  books  and  papers  for  officers  or  enlisted  men 
upon  retirement,  or  who  die  in  the  service,   from   their   last 
duty  stations  to  such  places  within  the  limits  of  the  United 
States  as  may  be  the  homes  of  their  families,  or  as  may  be 
designated  by  their   legal   representatives  or   executors ;   also 
150  pounds  of  baggage,  inclusive  of  the  quantity  carried  free 
by  transportation   companies,    for   enlisted   men  below   grade 
17,  paragraph  9,   Army  Regulations,  who  die  in  the  service, 
from  their  last  duty  stations  to  such  places  within  the  limits 
of  the  United  States  as  may  be  the  homes  of  their  families, 
or  as  may  be  designated  by  their  legal  representatives  or  ex- 
ecutors. 

Honorably  .discharged  officers 

329.  An  honorably  discharged  officer  is  not  entitled  to  the 
transportation  allowance  mentioned  in  this  paragraph,  but  he 
will  receive  4  cents  a  mile  for  travel  allowance  from  the  place 
of  his  discharge  to  the  place  of  his  residence  at  the  time  of 
his  appointment,  or  to  the  place  of  his  original  muster  into 
the  service.     (A.  R.  1137,  1913.) 

Medical  reserve  corps 

330.  Packing,  crating  and  transportation  of  the  authorized 
allowance    of    baggage    for   permanent    change    of    station    is 
authorized   for  officers  of   the   Medical   Reserve   Corps  when 
joining  for  duty   under  the  order  placing  them   upon   active 
duty  in  the  service  of  the  United  States,   for  officers  of  the 


110  Handbook  of  Transportation 

• 

Medical  Corps  appointed  from  officers  of  the  Medical  Reserve 
Corps  on  active  duty  in  the  service  of  the  United  States,  from 
the  place  of  their  appointment  to  their  first  stations  on  joining 
for  duty,  and  for  such  contract  surgeons  and  acting  dental 
surgeons  as  may  be  employed  when  they  join  for  duty  under 
the  first  order,  and  also  on  return  to  their  home  on  the  termi- 
nation of  their  contracts,  if  provided  for  in  the  contracts. 
(A.  R.  1138.) 

Graduates  of  military  academy 
Officers  promoted  from  the  ranks 

331.  Packing,  crating  and  transportation  for  1,500  pounds 
of   baggage   will   be    furnished   to   graduates    of   the   United 
States    Military   Academy    and    officers   promoted    from    the 
ranks    on    their    first    assignment    to    duty    as    commissioned 
officers   (from  their  homes  or  former  stations).     With  these 
exceptions,  transportation  of  baggage  at  public  expense  is  not 
authorized  when  joining  for  duty  on  first  appointment  to  the 
military  or  civil  service,  nor  upon  reinstatement  or  reappoint- 
ment,  nor  to  effect  transfers  from  one  station  to  another,  at 
the  request  of  those  transferred.     Officers  on  temporary  duty 
are  entitled  only  to  the  allowance  for  temporary  change  of 
station  as  authorized  in  paragraph  353.     (A.  R.  1138.) 

Over-sea  service 

332.  In   lieu  of  the  allowance  authorized  for   permanent 
change  of   station,  and  officer   detailed   as   an  attache  of  an 
officer,  noncommissioned  officer,  or  civilian  employee  entitled 
to  an  allowance  of  baggage  under  the  provisions  of  paragraph 
353  under  orders   for  extended   service  over  the  sea  or  for 
duty  in  Alaska  is  entitled  to  have  his  full  allowance  trans- 
ported  from   the   station  he   leaves   to   his   home   or    to   the 
nearest  convenient  place  of  storage,  and,  upon  resuming  duty 
in  the  United  States,  from  such  places  to  his  post  of  duty, 
or,  if  he  so  desired,  a  portion  of  his  allowance  may  be  shipped 
abroad  and  the  balance  to  such  point  as  he  may  designate  in 
the   United    States    for    storage.      Officers,    noncommissioned 
officers,  and  civilian  employees  desiring  to  make  shipment ^  of 
baggage    under    the    preceding    clause    will    furnish    shipping 
officers   with  a  certificate   showing  whether  ^other  shipments 
have  been  made  or  are  contemplated  at  public  expense  to  or 
from  other  points,   and  if   so  the  weight  of   such  property. 
(A.  R.  1138.) 

Enlisted  men 

333.  In  case  of  either  permanent  or  temporary  change  of 


Handbook  of  Transportation  111 

station  of  enlisted  men  under  conditions  that  rendered  it  im- 
practicable or  inadvisable  to  take  their  personal  effects  with 
them  at  the  time,  subsequent  transportation  of  the  personal 
effects  of  such  enlisted  men,  not  to  exceed  150  pounds  for 
a  man,  is  authorized,  upon  approval  by  Department  Com- 
manders, or  by  commanding  officers  of  posts,  stations,  or  com- 
mands that  are  exempted  from  the  control  of  Department 
Commanders.  (A.  R.  1138,  1913.) 

Unauthorized  shipments 

334.  Except  as   shown  in  "paragraphs  358  to  361  hereof, 
transportation  of   baggage   from  a  point   other  than   former 
station  or  to  a  point  other  than  new  station  is  not  authorized. 

Professional  books  and  papers 

Officers 

335.  The  Quartermaster  Corps  will  pack,  crate,  and  fur- 
nish transportation  for  the  prescribed  regimental  and  company 
desks,  for  the  books,  papers,  and  instruments  of  staff  officers 
necessary  to   the  performance  of   their   duties,   and   for  the 
medical  chests  of  medical  officers ;  also  for  the  professional 
books,  including  standard  works  of  fiction,  of  officers  chang- 
ing station,  officers  ordered  home  for  retirement,  graduates  of 
the  United  States  Military  Academy,  and  officers  joining  on 
first  appointment,  which  they  certify  belong  to  them  and  per- 
tain to  their  official  duties.    Invoices  of  packages  turned  over 
to  the  shipping  officer  will  be  accompanied  by  the  certificate 
of  the  officer  as  to  character  of  books,  and  a  certified  copy 
will  be  attached  to  the  bill  of  lading  issued  at  the  initial  point 
of  shipment. 

Shipment  of  professional  books  will  be  made  at  released 
valuation  except  as  provided  for  the  baggage  allowance  in 
paragraph  326  hereof.  (A.  R.  1139,  1913.) 

Professional  books,  noncommissioned  officers 

336.  In  addition  to  the  baggage  allowance  shown  in  para- 
graph 323,  not  to  exceed  500  pounds  of  professional  books 
will  be  transported  at  public  expense  for  noncommissioned 
officers  above  grade  17,  paragraph  9,  A.  R.,  upon  the  certificate 
of  the  noncommissioned  officer  as  provided  in  paragraph  337. 

Certificates 

337.  All    officers,    noncommissioned    officers,    and    civilian 
employees,  shipping  household  goods  must  submit  to  the  ship- 
ping   quartermaster    at    the    earliest    practicable    moment    an 
accurate  list  or  shipping,  invoice  on  Q.  M.  C.  Form  201  of 


112  Handbook  of  Transportation 

all  property  turned  over  by  them  for  shipment.  The  same 
system  for  numbering  containers  should  be  followed  as  out* 
lined  in  paragraph  184  for  property  of  organizations.  Ship- 
ping invoices  should  then  be  prepared.  These  invoices  must 
be  accompanied  by  a  certificate,  in  duplicate  (Q.  M.  C.  Form 
468),  showing  that  the  goods  are  the  personal  property  of  the 
person  for  whom  they  are  to  be  shipped,  and  also  any  other 
shipments  made,  or  contemplated,  on  the  same  change  of 
station.  Shipments  of  professional  books  or  pap'ers  must  be 
accompanied  by  a  certificate,  in  duplicate  (Q.  M.  C.  Form 
454),  that  the  packages  contain  professional  books  or  papers 
necessary  in  the  performance  of  official  duties. 

When  an  officer  goes  on  foreign  service,  he  should  carefully 
preserve  and  take  with  him  all  data  concerning  property  he 
has  stored.  This  data  will  be  needed  on  transport  returning 
to  the  United  States,  in  order  that  he  can  furnish  proper 
certificates  to  the  quartermaster  at  the  port  of  entry  as  to 
weight  of  property  he  will  ship  from  point  of  storage  to  his 
new  station.  This  will  enable  the  shipping  quartermaster 
to  determine  whether  there  is  any  excess  to  be  paid. 

Baggage  accompanying  officers 

•338.  When  an  officer  under  orders  for  temporary  duty  or 
permanent  change  of  station  certifies  that  it  is  necessary  for 
his  field  allowance  of  baggage  to  be  transported  to  his  tempo- 
rary or  permanent  station,  the  Quartermaster  Corps  will  fur- 
nish transportation  for  the  same  by  freight,  unless  in  cases 
of  emergency  transportation  by  express  is  authorized  by  the 
Secretary  of  War.  The  total  amount  of  baggage  transported 
at  public  expense  will  in  no  instance  exceed  the  allowance 
provided  by  paragraph  323  hereof  (A.  R.  1123,  1913). 

Dental  outfits  accompanying  dental  surgeons 

339.  Dental  chairs  and  dental  outfits  that  accompany  dental 
surgeons  or  acting  dental  surgeons  on  their  temporary  changes 
of  station,  will  be   forwarded  by  express  at  public  expense. 
(A.  G.  O.  2136284.) 

Excess  over  authorized  allowance  of  baggage  or  mounts 

340.  The    following   instructions    governing   shipments    on 
Government  bills  of  lading  of  excess  baggage  under  the  pro- 
visions of  paragraph  1136,  A.  R.,  1913,  and  of  private  mounts 
of  officers  in  excess  of  the  authorized  mounts  under  t^ie  pro- 
visions of  paragraph  10:98,  A.  R.,  1913,  are  published  for  the 
information  and  guidance  of  all  officers  of  the  Army  on  duty 
in  the  Quartermaster  Corps. 


Handbook  of  Transportation  113 

1.  Officers,  enlisted  men,  or  civilian  employees  desiring  to 
ship  excess  baggage  on  Government  bill  of  lading  under  the 
provisions  of  paragraph  1136,  A.  R.,  will  confine  such  excess 
shipments   to   articles   of    personal   or   household   application, 
owned    by    themselves    or    members    of    their    own    families, 
similar  to  those  heretofore  considered  as  properly  part  of  the 
regulation   change   of   station   baggage   allowance,   and  in  no 
case  to  include  animals  of  any  kind,  other  than  private  mounts 
of  officers  actually  owned  by  them,  which  are  provided  for  in 
paragraph   1098,  Army  Regulations. 

2.  The  deposit  to  guarantee  freight  charges  on  the  excess 
shipment  will  be  in  an   amount  sufficient  to  cover  the  com- 
mercial charges,  and  may  be  in  cash,   in  which  case  it  will 
include  the  cost  of  exchange  to  be  purchased,  or  registered 
mail  charges,  and  will  be   receipted   for  by  the   officer  with 
whom  deposited,  or  negotiable  bank  draft  or  similar  instru- 
ment of  exchange,  payable  to  "order,"  except  uncertified  per- 
sonal bank  checks.     Should  the  deposit  be  in  cash,  the  officer 
with  whom  deposited  will,  without  delay,  convert  it  into  the 
most  convenient  and  safe   form  of  exchange,  for  remittance 
to  the  settling  officer,  and  transmit  same  with  the  copy  of  the 
memorandum  bill  of  lading,  noting  thereon  the  amount  and 
nature  of  the  remittance,  with  name  and  new  station  of  the 
depositor,   and   data  as   to  service  and   employment.     Remit- 
tances  will   be  made   payable   to   the   order  of  the   officer  to 
whom  sent,  by  his  official  designation  and  not  to  him  by  name, 
in  order  to  avoid  delays  and  complications  in  case  the  settling 
officer  should   be  changed   while  the   remittance  is   en   route. 
Postal  or  express  money  orders  which  can  be  cashed  only  at 
a  certain   designated  post  office  or  express  office  should  not 
be  used  for  these  remittances,  except  where  the  office  trans- 
mitting them  is  absolutely  certain  that  the  officer  at  the  place 
where  made  payable  is  the  settling  officer. 

3.  ^Upon  receipt  of  a  copy  of  a  memorandum  bill  of  lading 
pertaining  to  a  shipment  of  excess  baggage  or  private  mounts 
of  officers,  with  accompanying  remittances  to  pay  charges  on 
excess   shipment,  the  settling  officer  will   deposit  the  amount 
to  his  official  credit  as  a  special  deposit,  taking  up  the  gross 
amount  as  shown  by  the  memorandum  bill  of  lading  accom- 
panying it.     The  amount   of   the  charges  on   a   shipment   of 
baggage,  including  charges  on  the  excess,  will  be  paid  by  the 
Government. 

The   remittance   received  by  a   settling  officer  will   not   be 
taken  up  in  his  regular  account,  but  will  be  made  the  basis 


114  Handbook  of  Transportation 

of  a  special  account,  for  which  purpose  a  special  account- 
current  has  been  prepared,  known  as  War  Department  Form 
No.  30. 

Similarly,  this  fund  should  be  kept  in  a  separate  account 
in  the  cash  book. 

All  remittances  received  will  be  scheduled  on  War  Depart- 
ment Form  No.  31,  and  the  amount  of  the  schedule  will  be 
carried  to  the  special  deposit  account-current. 

When  payment  is  made  on  a  bill  of  lading  on  which  a 
deposit  was  made,  the  amount  of  the  deposit,  if  any,  over 
the  excess  baggage  charges  will  be  refunded  to  the  owner  of 
the  baggage,  an  official  check  with  a  special  symbal  number 
assigned  by  the  Treasury  Department  for  the  purpose  being 
used. 

The  refundments  made  during  a  month  will  be  scheduled 
on  War  Department  Form  No.  33  and  carried  to  the  special 
deposit  account-current  as  "Refunds  as  per  schedule." 

At  the  end  of  the  month  the  various  amounts  deposited  to 
cover  excess  shipments  that  pertain  to  bills  of  lading  paid  dur- 
ing that  month,  will  after  deducting  the  amounts  of  the  refund- 
ments, be  dropped  from  the  special  account-current  on  the 
line  "Transfer  to  General  Account"  and  taken  up  in  the 
regular  account  under  "Transportation  of  the  Army"  and  be 
deposited  to  the  credit  of  the  Treasurer  of  the  United  States 
for  credit  of  that  appropriation. 

4.  If  copy  of  memorandum  bill  of  lading  is  received  by 
the  wrong  officer  for  settlement,  it  will  be  at  once  transmitted, 
with  the  remittance  properly  indorsed,  to  the  proper  settling 
officer  in  accordance  with  existing  rules  of  the  Quartermaster 
Corps  for  the  disposition  of  copies  of  memorandum  bills  of 
lading  wrongly  sent.  (Cir.  15,  Q.  M.  G.  O.  1914.) 

Reimbursement  cannot  be  made  for  charges  paid  for  trans- 
portation of  baggage 

341.  The  regulations  provide  that  baggage  must  be  turned 
over  to  the  Quartermaster  Corps  for  shipment,  and  the  Comp- 
troller of  the  Treasury  has  consistently  held  that  there  is  no 
authority  for  the  reimbursement  of  officers  or  other  who 
make  shipments  of  baggage  at  their  own  expense.  Officers 
stationed  at  points  where  there  is  no  quartermaster,  ^  should 
call  upon  the  Department  Quartermaster  for  authority  for 
such  transportation. 

If  conditions  are  such  that  there  is  not  sufficient  time  to 
await  Government  bills  of  lading,  the  shipment  may  be  made 
on  a  commercial  bill  of  lading  collect,  and  the  charges  guar- 


Handbook  of  Transportation  115 

anteed  by  the  shipper,  and  action  will  be  taken  as  outlined 
in  paragraph  90. 

Baggage — what  is  included 

342.  The   term   "personal  baggage"    referred   to   in   para- 
graph 1136,  Army  Regulations,  1913,  is  interpreted  to  include 
the  horse   equipments   issued  under  the  provisions   of   para- 
graph 1520,  Army  Regulations,  1913    (Cir.  47,  W.  D.,  1909). 

Groceries  and  provisions  are  in  no  proper  sense  to  be 
classed  as  baggage  or  household  goods.  (J.  A.  G.,  June  22, 
1912;  361  Q.  M.  G.  O.,  June  26,  1912.) 

Automobiles,  or  other  vehicles,  may  be  included  as  part 'of 
an  officer's  change  of  station  allowance  of  baggage,  but  in 
case  there  is  an  excess  over  authorized  allowances,  the  Comp- 
troller of  the  Treasury  has  held  that  the  automobile  must  be 
considered  as  the  excess  and  the  officer  pay  the  amount 
charged  for  its  transportation  or  the  proportionate  cost  there- 
of, if  the  excess  weight  is  less  than  the  total  weight  of  the 
automobiles. 

Shipments  to  service  schools 

343.  Personal  effects  within  the  change  of  station  allow- 
ance will  be  transported  at  Government  expense  to  and  from 
their   proper   stations    for    student    officers    detailed    for   the 
courses  at: 

(a)  The  Army  War  College,  Washington,  D.  C. 

(b)  The  Army  School  of  the  Line,  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kan. 

(c)  The  Army  Staff  College,  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kan. 
*(d)  The  Army  Signal  School,  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kan. 
(<?)  The  Army  Field  Engineer  School,  Fort  Leavenworth, 

Kan. 

(/)  Th  e  Mounted  Service  School,  Fort  Riley,  Kan. 
(either  first  or  second  year  course). 

(gr)     The  Coast  Artillery  School,  Fort  Monroe,  Va. 

(Ji)     The  Engineer  School,  Washington  Barracks,  D.  C. 

(t)     The  Army  Medical  School,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Personal  effects  will  not  be  transported  at  Government  ex- 
pense to  and  from  their  proper  stations  for  student  officers 
detailed  for  the  courses  at: 

(a)  The  Mounted  Service  School,  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kan. 
(Field  Officer's  course). 

'  (&)     The    School   of   Fire    for   Field   Artillery,    Fort    Sill. 
Okla. 

(c}  The  School  of  Musketry,  Fort  Sill,  Okla.  (Bulletin 
No.  4,  W.  D.,  1916). 


116  Handbook  of  Transportation 

Change  of  station 

344.  An  officer  detailed  in  the  Ordnance  Department  with 
higher  rank  than  that  held  by  him  in  the  line  of  the  Army  on 
relief  from  such  detail  assumes  his  former  rank  and  is  only 
entitled  to  transportation  at  public  expense  of  the  amount  of 
baggage   authorized    for   the    lower   grade    (Bulletin    No.   29, 
W.  D.,  1913). 

Assignment  to  transports 

345.  The    assignment    of     officers    and    noncommissioned 
officers  to  the  transport  service  on  the  Pacific  Coast  has  been 
construed  as  entitling  them  to   shipment  of  personal   effects, 
within  their  allowance  if  they  so  desire,  to  a  point  of  storage 
in  the  United  States,  under  the  provisions  of  paragraph  1138, 
A.  R.,  1913.     (376982  Q.  M.  G.  O.,  July  24,  1912.) 

Transfer  of  property  with  hospital  corps 

346.  In  cases  where  the  Army  Regulations,  General  Orders, 
and  other  authorized  manuals  are  silent  on  the  subject  and  it 
is   considered   necessary   to   transfer   with   a   member    of    the 
Hospital   Corps  changing   station   any  articles   of  public  pro- 
perty, the  order  directing  the  travel  of  the  soldier  should  in 
each  instance  specify  the  articles  of  this  character  which  the 
soldier  should  carry.      (Circular  No.  56,  W.  D.,  1905.) 

Medical  reserve  corps  officers 

347.  Upon  the  transfer  of  an   officer  of  the  Medical  Re- 
serve Corps  from  the  active  to  the  inactive  list,  shipment  of 
authorized    allowance    of    baggage    to    point    other    than    fris 
former  home  may  be  made,  provided  that  the  officer  presents 
his   application    for  the    shipment   approved   by  the   Quarter- 
master General,  and  deposits  the  difference  in  cost  with  the 
shipping  quartermaster.     (385606  Q.  M.  G.  O.,  Oct.  3,  1912.) 

Shipment  on  retirement  or  decease 

• 

348.  A  limit  of  one  year  from  date  of  retirement  or  decease 
is  fixed  during  which  the  change  of  station  allowance  of  the 
personal  effects,  professional  books  and  papers  may  be  trans- 
ported at  public  expense  to  the  homes  of  retired  officers  or 
to  such  points  within  the  limits  of  the  United  States  as  the 
relatives  or  friends  of  deceased  officers  may  designate. 

All  property  shipped  after  the  time  limit  herein  fixed  will 
not  be  at  public  expense.     (Cir.  No.  63,  W.  D.,   1905.) 

Wholly  retired  officers 

349.  The  shipment  to  their  homes  of  property  of  wholly 


Handbook  of  Transportation  117 

* 

retired  officers  cannot  be  made  at  public  expense.     (See  Sees. 
1252  and  1275  R.   S.) 

Honorably  discharged  officers  and  officers  who  resign 

350.  The  property  of  honorably  discharged  officers,  or  of 
officers  who  resign  from  the  service,  cannot  be  transported  to 
their  homes  at  public  expense  on  such  discharge  or  resigna- 
tion. 

Hauling  baggage 

351.  For  information  relative  to  hauling  household  goods 
and  other  baggage,  see  paragraphs  389  to  392. 

PACKING  AND  CRATING  BAGGAGE 

Regulations  governing  packing  and  crating 

352.  The    maximum    money    allowance    for    packing    and 
crating  for  each  grade,  exclusive  of  professional  books  and 
papers,  will  be  as  follows,  and  will  not  be  exceeded.     When 
less  than  the  maximum   allowance    for  each  grade   is   trans- 
ported a  proportionate  decrease  in  the  cost  of  packing  and 
crating   will   be   made. 

Permanent 

RANK.  Change  of 

Station 

Lieutenant  General $90.00 

Major  General 63.00 

Brigadier  General 50.40 

Field  Officer  • 43.20 

Captain  36.00 

First    Lieutenant,    Contract    Surgeon,    and    Acting 

Dental  Surgeon 30.60 

Second  Lieutenant  and  Veterinarian   27.00  •  ^ 

Noncommissioned   Officers   above   grade    17,   para- 
graph 9 18.00 

Noncommissioned  Officers,  grade  17,  paragraph  9, 

upon  change  of  station  without  troops   

Pay  Clerk,   Quartermaster  Corps    18.00 

Civilian  employees  of  the  classified  service  trans- 
ferred for  the  good  of  the  service 18.00 

Maximum  tare  weight 
Burlap  and  excelsior 

353.  The  maximum  tare  weight  of  any  of   the   foregoing 
allowances  will  not  exceed  one-fifth  of  the  gross  weight.   Any 


118  Handbook  of  Transportation 

• 

saying  in  tare  weight  affects  an  increase  in  net  weight.  With 
this  end  in  view,  burlap  and  excelsior  should  be  used  as  much 
as  possible  as  a  substitute  for  crating  and  the  use  of  lumber 
should  be  limited  as  much  as  possible.  Should  the  owner  de- 
sire lighter  packing  or  crating  than  the  quartermaster  deems 
sufficient,  the  lighter  crating  or  packing  will  be  used  only 
upon  written  request  of  the  owner.  (A.R.  1136,  1913). 

Packing  professional  books 

354.  The  cost  of  packing  professional  books  and  papers, 
including    standard    works    of    fiction,    for   officers    changing 
station,  is  not  included  in  the  allowance  for  packing  house- 
hold goods,  but  it  is  thought  that  the  material  required  for 
packing  books  and  papers  should  be  of  such  a  character  as 
not  to  require  any  expense,  boxes  and  packing  cases  being 
usually  available  for  such  purposes.    (318924  Q.M.G.O.,  June 
13,  1911;  450923  O.C.Q.M.G.,  April  2,  1913). 

Packing  only  authorized  on  change  of  station 

355.  Authority  for  packing  and  crating  does  not  include  a 
temporary  absence   or   detached   service    from   the   post,   but 
there  must  be  an  order  for  an  actual  change  of  station. 

Hire  of  expert  packers 

356.  It  will  not  be  the  policy  of  the  Quartermaster  Corps 
to  hire  expert  packers,  except  when  necessary  on  account  of 
lack  of  labor  at  the  post  or  station.     Civilian  packers  will, 
therefore,  not  be  paid,  nor  will  they  be  permitted  to  furnish 
any  materials  at  Government  expense,  except  on  written  au- 
thority   from    the    shipping    quartermaster.      The    necessary 
barrels,  burlap,  excelsior,  lumber,  and  other  packing  materials, 
should  ordinarily  be  furnished  by  the  shipping  quartermaster. 
'When   the  quartermaster  gives   permission    for   the   employ- 
ment of  an  expert  packer,  the  officer  whose  property  is  being 
shipped,  or  his  agent,  should  submit  a  signed  statement  show- 
ing the  exact  number  of  hours  said  packer  worked. 

Maximum  cost 

357.  The  maximum  cost  of  packing  and  crating  of  change 
of  station  allowance  of  baggage  is  fixed  in  paragraph  1136, 
Army  Regulations,  1913,  and  the  actual  cost  for  the  respective 
grades  should  be  well  within  and  will  in  no  case  exceed  the 
amounts    so    established.      The    allowance    for    packing    and 
crating  household  goods  covers  both  material  and  labor  and 
cannot  be  exceeded. 


Handbook  of  Transportation  119 

Methods  of  providing  for  packing  and  crating 

358.  There  will  be,  as  a  rule,  five  methods,  under  one  of 
which  the  supplies  and  services  incident  to  the  packing  and 
crating  of  baggage  may  be  provided,  viz : 

First :  By  the  use  of  Class  A  supplies  on  hand  and  Class  1 
services  available. 

Second :  By  the  use  of  Class  A  supplies  on  hand  and  em- 
ployment of  Class  II  services  where  no  Class  1  services  are 
available. 

Third :  By  the  purchase  of  Class  A  supplies  where  none 
are  on  hand  and  Class  1  services  available. 

Fourth :  By  purchase  of  Class  A  supplies  and  employment 
of  Class  II  services,  personal,  where  there  are  no  Class  A 
supplies  on  hand  and  no  Class  1  services  available. 

Fifth :  By  securing  both  supplies  and  services  as  a  Class 
II  non-personal  service. 

The  first  three  methods  shown  above  will  be  used  at  garri- 
soned posts  or  stations  at  which  both  Class  A  supplies  and 
Class  1  services,  or  either,  are  available.  The  fourth  and 
fifth  methods  apply  when  neither  Class  A  supplies  not  Class  1 
services  are  available. 

Apportionment  of  funds  for  packing  and  crating 

359.  Supplies   and   services    incident   to    the   packing   and 
crating  of  baggage  should  be  provided  under  item  205,  "Sup- 
plies, Services  and  Transportation,"  the  supplies  as  Class  A, 
and  the  service  as  a  personal  service  of  Class  1  or  Class  II, 
or  both  supplies  and  services  as  a  non-personal  service  of 
Class  II. 

Class  1  services  are  provided  for  by  regular  annual  ap- 
portionment. The  procuring  of  additional  Class  A  supplies 
and  Class  II  services  will  be  provided  for  by  additional  ap- 
portionments under  item  205,  "Supplies,  Services  and  Trans- 
portation," to  department  and  depot  quartermasters  and  quar- 
termasters of  independent  stations  to  be  held  as  a  reserve 
from  which  to  make  additional  allotments  to  cover  the  pur- 
chase or  supply  on  requisitions  of  Class  A  supplies  for  pack- 
ing and  crating  baggage  exclusively,  or  to  replace  such  sup- 
plies as  were  used  for  this  purpose  but  supplies  are  required 
for  some  other  purpose. 

Requisitions  for  supplies 

360.  Where  there  are  no  Class  A  supplies  for  packing  and 
crating  ^ baggage  on  hand  and  Class  1  services  are  available, 
requisitions  for  the  supplies  required  will  be  forwarded  to 


120  Handbook  of  Transportation  • 

the  department  or  depot  quartermaster  concerned.  Where . 
neither  Class  A  supplies  nor  Class  1  services  are  available, 
the  procurement  of  the  material  and  labor  necessary  for  the 
packing  and  crating  of  baggage  will  be  considered  as  Class  II 
services,  non-personal,  and  the  request  for  funds  for  services 
will  include  the  cost  of  both  supplies  and  services  to  complete 
the  job. 

Upon  receipt  of  such  requisitions  or  requests,  department 
and  depot  quartermasters  will,  on  requisitions  for  Class  A 
supplies  take  such  action  as  may  be  necessary,  increasing  the 
allotment  to  the  post,  if  necessary,  to  cover  the  cost  of  the 
supplies,  and  on  requests  for  services,  making  .the  necessary 
allotment  for  Class  II  services. 

Officers   stationed  at  points  where   no   quartermaster   is 
available 

361.  Officers    stationed   at  points   where   no   quartermaster 
is   available    should    when    requiring  packing   and   crating   of 
their  allowance  of  baggage,  make   application   in   writing   to 
the  nearest   department   or    depot   quartermaster,    stating   the 
approximate  cost  of  the  service  at  their  station.     Department 
or    depot    quartermasters    receiving    such    applications    will 
authorize  the  work  done  as  a  Class  II  service,  non-personal, 
cost  not  to  exceed  the  maximum  cost  for  the  grade  of  the 
officer  making  the  application  as  authorized  in  Army  Regula- 
tions. 

Packing  and  crating  by  ordnance  or  engineer  departments 

362.  When  necessary  the  packing,  crating,   and  weighing, 
and    marking   of    the    authorized    allowance    of    baggage    of 
officers   in   changing   station   may  be   done   by   the   Ordnance 
Department  at  arsenals,   armories,  or  ordnance  depots,  or  it 
may  be  done  by   the  Engineer  Department  at  places   where 
labor  and  supplies  are  available,  as  authorized  by  paragraph 
1135,  Army  Regulations,  1913. 

Packing  and  crating  should  be  anticipated 

363.  The  packing  and  crating  of  baggage  should  be  antici- 
pated as  much  as  practicable,  and  to  this  end  the  local  quarter- 
master   should,    as    soon   as   orders   are   issued   or    received, 
directing   changes   of    stations    of    officers,   enlisted   men,    or 
civilian  employees  entitled  to  an  allowance  of  baggage,  make 
requisition  for  such  Class  A  supplies  as  are  required,  but  not 
on  hand,   or  if   on  hand,   must   be   replaced,   noting   on   the 
requisition  the  number  and  date  of  the  orders  directing  the 
change  and  forward  same  as  provided  for  other  requisitions. 


Handbook  of  Transportation  121 

If  there  are  no  Class  1  services  available  the  usual  request 
for  Class  II  services  will  be  made,  indicating  thereon  the 
number  and  rank  of  the  officers  or  enlisted  men  and  the 
designation  of  employees,  quoting  number  of  order  or  orders 
directing  the  change  of  station. 

Estimate  of  funds  for  packing  and  crating 

364.  Department  quartermasters,  depot  quartermasters  and 
quartermasters    of •  independent    stations    will    submit    to    the 
Quartermaster   General,   not   later  than   the  first   day  of   the 
month  preceding  the  quarter   for  which  services  or   supplies 
are  required,  estimates  of  the  amounts  required  for  the  pro- 
curement of  Class  A  supplies  and  Class   II  services  in  con- 
nection with  packing  and  crating  of  baggage. 

Packing  material  is  public  property 

365.  All  crates,  boxes,  barrels,  and  packing  materials  sup- 
plied  by   the   Quartermaster   Corps    for   packing  and   crating 
baggage  are  public  property,  will  be  cared  for  as  such,  and  so 
long  as  serviceable  will  be  continued  in  use  for  packing  and 
crating.     (G.  Q.  52,  W.  D.,  1909.) 

TRANSPORTATION  OF  FUNDS 

366.  The    transportation    of    money    should    always   be  by 
express.     See  paragraph  290. 

TRANSPORTATION  OF  ATHLETIC  AND  GYM- 
NASTIC APPLIANCES 

367.  The  Quartermaster  Corps  is   authorized  to  transport 
gymnastic  and  athletic  appliances ;  purchased  with  regimental 
or  company   funds,   for  the  use  of  troops,   from  the  nearest 
market  to  the  post  or  station  of  the  troops.     In  all  cases_  of 
necessary  removal  the  articles   supplied   for  use  -  in   bakeries, 
'libraries,   reading   rooms,   schools,   and  gymnasiums  will  also 
be    transported   by   the    Quartermaster    Corps.      (A.    R.    340, 
1913.) 

TRANSPORTATION  OF  MOVING  PICTURE   OUT- 
FITS AND  SUPPLIES 

368.  Moving    picture    machines,    films    and    supplies,    pur- 
chased from  public  funds  will  be  transported  on  Government 
bill  of  lading. 

Lantern  slides,  for  stereopticons,  belonging  to  Army  officers 
on   college  detail,   used    for  the   purpose   of   illustrating   their 


122  Handbook  of  Transportation 

lectures,  constitute  a  part  of  their  progressional  library  and 
will  be  transported  at  public  expense.     (A.  G.  O.  2136299.) 

TRANSPORTATION  OF  READING  MATTER  AND 
MUSICAL  INSTRUMENTS 

Books,  reading  matter,  and  musical  instruments 

369.  A  quartermaster  is  authorized  to  transport  books  and 
musical  instruments  purchased  for,  or  donated  to,  post  chapels 
or  to  post  or  company  libraries,  and  gymnastic  and  athletic 
appliances  purchased  with  regimental,  exchange,  or  company 
funds,  for  the  use  of  troops,  from  the  nearest  market  to  the 
post  or  station  of  the  troops.     Also  to  furnish  transportation 
at  public  expense  for  reading  matter  donated  for  use  of  the 
enlisted   men    of    the   Army,    or   the    United    States    Military 
Prison  at  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kansas,  such  transportation  to 
be  furnished  from  place  of  donation  to  the  post,  hospital,  or 
prison   where  intended   for  use.     All   such  packages   will  be 
impersonally   addressed    and    consigned   to    the   proper    com- 
manding officer  of  troops  or  hospitals,  or  the  commandant  of 
the  prison.     (A.  R.  1144,  1913.) 

Articles  donated  to  U.  S.  Military  Academy,  and  other 
institutions 

370.  The  Quartermaster  Corps  is  authorized  to  ship  (under 
the  regulations  governing  the  transportation  of  military  pro- 
perty,   and   on    the   same   forms   of   bills   of   lading)    articles 
donated  to  the  Medical  Museum  at  Washington,  the  library 
and  museum  of  the  Military  Service  institution  at  Governor's 
Island,  N.  Y.,  or  the  United  States  Military  Academy  at  West 
Point,  N.  Y.     Packages  will  be  marked  with  the  name  of  the 
institution,   and  sent  in   care   of   the   depot   quartermaster  at 
Washington   or   New   York,    or   the  quartermaster   at   West- 
Point.     (A.  R.  1145,  1913.) 

Medical  publications 

371.  Medical  and  official  publications   furnished  from  the 
Surgeon  General's  Office  to  surgeons  in  charge  of  hospitals 
will  be  properly  filed  and  preserved  in  the  hospital  library. 
The  expense  of  binding  these  publications  and  those  issued 
to  department  or  division  surgeons  will  be  defrayed  by  the 
Medical    Department,    and    they   will   be    transported    to    and 
from  the  medical  supply  depots  by  the  Quartermaster  Corps. 
(A.  R.  1463,  1913.) 


Handbook  of  Transportation  123 

Exchanged  books 

372.  When    the    exchange    of    duplicate    volumes    in    the 
libraries  of  the  several  military  posts  and  service  schools  for 
other  volumes   for  use  in  such  libraries  is  to  the  advantage 
of  the  public  service,  transportation   to  the  place   where   the 
contemplated  exchange  is  to  be  made  and  the  return  trans- 
portation   of    the    exchanged    volumes    are    a    proper    charge 
against  public  funds,  and  shipments  may  be  made  on  Govern- 
ment bill  of  lading.     (Bulletin  16,  W.  D.,  1914.) 

TRANSPORTATION  OF  SUPPLIES  FOR  POST 

EXCHANGES 

373.  The  transportation  of  supplies  for  post  exchanges  will 
not  be  procured  by  use  of  a  Government  bill  of  lading,  but 
the  charges  for  such  transportation  must  be  met  from  post 
exchange  funds. 

TRANSPORTATION  OF  SUPPLIES  PURCHASED 
FROM  HOSPITAL  FUNDS 

374.  The  cost  of  transportation   of  any  article  purchased 
out  of  the  hospital  funds  for  the  Army  General  Hospital  at 
Fort  Bayard,   N.   M.,  or  of  any  military  hospital,  should  be 
paid  for  out  of  such  hospital  fund.     (20th  Xomp.,  Dec.  72.) 

TRANSPORTATION  OF  SUPPLIES  FOR  THE 

MILITIA 
Supplies  for  arming  and  equipping 

375.  Supplies   issued   to   the   several  states  and  territories 
under  the  laws  for  arming  and  equipping  the  militia  will  be 
turned  over  to   the   Quartermaster   Corps   for   transportation 
and  delivery  at  the  railroad  depot  or  steamboat  dock  nearest 
to  the  point  within  the  State  or  Territory  designated  by  the 
Governor  thereof.     Separate  bills   of  lading  will  be  used  in 
shipping  this  property.     (A.  R.  1143,  1913.) 

Unserviceable  and  unsuitable  property 

376.  The  cost  of  transportation  of  unserviceable  and  un- 
suitable   property    turned    into    a    United    States    Arsenal    or 
depot  is   a  proper  charge   against  the  appropriation    "Trans- 
portation of  the  Army  and  its  Supplies."     (109  Militia  Regu- 
lations.) 


124  Handbook  of  Transportation 

Condemned  army  horses 

377.  Government   bill    of    lading   will    be    issued   to   cover 
transportation    of    condemned    Army    horses    issued    to    the 
militia,   but  the   bill   of    lading   will    be   indorsed:     "Payable 
from  Militia  funds,  State  of  — ." 

TRANSPORTATION    OF    SUPPLIES    FOR    OTHER 

GOVERNMENT  DEPARTMENTS 

AND  BUREAUS 

Law  governing 

378.  Hereafter  the  Quartermaster  General  and  his  officers, 
under    his    instructions,    wherever    stationed,     shall    receive, 
transport,  and  be  responsible  for  all  property  turned  over  to 
them,  or  any  one  of  them,  by  the  officers  or  agents  of  any 
Government    survey,    for   the    National    Museum,    or    for   the 
civil  or  naval  departments  of  the  Government,  in  Washington 
or  elsewhere,  under  the  regulations  governing  the  transporta- 
tion of  Army  supplies,  the  amount  paid  for  such  transporta- 
tion  to  be   refunded   or  paid   by   the   bureau   to  which    such 
property  or  stores  pertain. — Act  of  July  5,  1885.     (23  State. 
111.) 

Packing  and  marking 

379.  Under  authority  shown  in  paragraph  378  the  Quarter- 
master Gorps  will  ship  all  property  that  may  be  delivered  to 
it  by  any  Department  or  Bureau  of  the  Government,  but  the 
property  must  be  securely  packed  and  marked  with  consignee 
and  destination  before  delivery  to  the  Quartermaster  Corps. 
Government  bills  of  lading  will  be  issued  as  provided  in  para- 
graph 88. 

Personal  effects— coast  guard 

380.  The  personal  effects  of  officers  of  the  United  States 
Coast    Guard,    where    shipment   is    to    be    made    through    the 
Quartermaster  Corps  of  the  Army,  are  to  be  properly  packed 
and    crated    prior    to    delivery    to    that    Corps.      (Cir.    Letter 
Treasury  Dept,  Feb.  20,  1912.) 

DEMURRAGE  AND  STORAGE 

Car  loads  • 

381.  The  tariffs  of  all  railroads  provide  that  carload  ship- 
ments must  be  unloaded   promptly  and  that  cars  placed   for 
loading  must  be  loaded  within  a  reasonable  time.     The  time 
usually  allowed  is  48  hours  after  cars  are  placed  for  unload- 


Handbook  of  Transportation  125 

ing  or  loading,  and  if  not  released  within  this  time  an  ad- 
ditional charge  (demurrage;  is  assessed.  The  "free  time" 
given  is  ordinarily  ample  for  loading  or  unloading  and  de- 
murrage should  not  be  incurred  except  under  extraordinary 
conditions.  In  such  cases  the  quartermaster  will  furnish  a 
statement  to  the  agent  of  the  carrier  showing  the  actual  time 
each  car  was  held  and  an  explanation  as  to  the  cause  of 
delay.  The  explanation  should  be  full  and  complete,  as  it 
will  be  attached  by  the  agent  to  his  bill  as  authority  for 
payment. 

Less  than  carloads 

382.  Where  less  than  carload  shipments  are  not  removed 
from  the  freight  house  within  a  reasonable  time   (usually  48 
hours)   a  storage  charge  is  assessed  by  the  carriers  for  each 
day  the  property  is  left  in  the  freight  house.     Quartermasters 
will    see    that    shipments    are    removed    from    freight    houses 
promptly   in   order   that   additional    expense  may  not   be   in- 
curred for  storage. 

Prompt  notification  of  arrival 

383.  The  relations  between  the  local  quartermaster's  office 
and  the  local  office  of  the  carriers  should  be  such  as  to"  insure 
prompt  notification  of  the  arrival  of  any   freight. 

TRANSPORTATION  OF  REMAINS 

384.  For  regulations  governing  the  shipment  of  the  remains 
of  a  deceased  officer  or  enlisted  man,  see  paragraphs  87  and 
167,  A.  R. 

Corpses  must  be  placed  in  such  coffins  or  cases  as  will  pre- 
vent the  escape  of  offensive  odors.  A  certificate  of  a  physician 
or  health  officer,  stating  cause  of  death,  and  that  it  was  not 
from  infectious  or  contagious  disease,  must  be  attached  to 
waybill  and  duplicate  pasted  on  top  of  case. 

The  outside  case  or  box  should  be  provided  with  at  least 
four  handles.  (Official  Express  Rules.) 

STREET  CAR  AND  FERRY  TICKETS 

385.  For  the  transportation  of  officers,   enlisted  men,   ap- 
plicants or  rejected  applicants  for  enlistment,  and  employees 
of  the   United   States   in   the   transaction   of   public  business, 
street  car,   electric  railway  or  ferry  tickets  will  be  supplied 
by  the  Quartermaster  Corps,  when  this  form  of  transportation 
is  preferable  in  convenience  and  cost  to  other  forms  of  trans- 
portation.    This  will  not  apply  to  an  officer  traveling  under 


126  Handbook  of  Transportation, 

orders  covering  mileage.  Travel  between  place  of  residence 
and  office  or  place  of  employment  is  not  travel  in  the  trans- 
action of  public  business  within  the  meaning  of  this  para- 
graph. The  tickets  when  purchased  will  be  taken  up  on  the 
property  account  and  expended  solely  in  the  performance  of 
public  duty.  (A.  R.  1127,  1913).  See  also  paragraph  ^238 
hereof,  for  transportation  furnished  discharged  soldiers. 
Street  car  and  ferry  tickets  will  be  purchased  from  the  allot- 
ment made  for  Class  A  supplies. 

TOLL  BRIDGES,  FERRIES  AND  TURNPIKES 

386.  Whenever  it  shall  be  necessary  for  troops,  teams,  or 
employees  in  the  military  service  to  pass  on  public  duty  over 
a  legally  constituted  toll  bridge,  ferry,  or  turnpike,  the  officer 
or  person  in  charge  of  the  party  will  apply  to  the  nearest 
quartermaster  for  a  request  for  such  passage.  If  he  cannot 
obtain  it,  he  will  give  to  the  keeper  of  the  bridge,  ferry,  or 
turnpike  a  certificate  stating  the  number  of  persons  and 
whether  mounted  or  on  foot,  number  of  loose  animals,  teams 
and  animals  to  each  team  for  which  toll  or  ferriage  is  due,  and 
showing  that  the  travel  is  on  public  duty.  Accounts  for  such 
service,  accompanied  by  the  request,  or  certificates  duly  re- 
ceipted, will  be  presented  to  the  nearest  disbursing  quarter- 
master for  settlement,  who,  before  payment,  will  satisfy  him- 
self that  the  rates  charged  do  not  exceed  those  authorized, 
or  paid  by  private  individuals,  and  that  the  indebtedness  was 
necessarily  incurred  for  the  public  service.  Payment  will  be 
made  at  the  authorized  or  usual  rates,  unless  more  favorable 
terms  can  be  obtained.  (A.  R.  1126,  1913.) 

DRAY  AGE  AND  HAULING 

Class  1  estimates 

387.  Hauling  by  other  than  owned  transportation^  is  a  Class 
1  non-personal  service  and  estimates  for  such  hauling  should 
be  .submitted  annually. 

Economy 

388.  Drayage  and  hauling  by  commercial  means  should  be 
restricted  as  much  as  possible,  and  every  effort  made  to  per- 
form the  hauling  with  owned  means  of  transportation. 

Hauling  baggage 

389.  The  hauling  of  baggage,   household  _  goods  and  per- 
sonal effects  as  an  incident  to  its  transportation  is  authorized 


Handbook  of  Transportation  127 

at  public  expense,  and  such  hauling  as  may  be  necessary  will 
be  furnished  by  the  Quartermaster  Corps. 

Reimbursement  unauthorized  when  cost  of  hauling  is  paid 
by  owner 

390.  There  is  no  authority  for  reimbursement  where  the 
cost  of  hauling  is  paid  from  personal  funds,  the  Comptroller 
of  the  Treasury  having  held: 

"There  is  no  law,  or  regulations  having  the  force  of  law, 
which  makes  provision  for  the  reimbursement  of  a  person 
who  hauls  his  baggage  upon  his  own  responsibility  at  his  own 
expense.  This  hauling  was  voluntary  on  the  part  of  the  per- 
son concerned,  and  under  the  circumstances  appearing,  re- 
imbursement of  the  cost  of  the  hauling  is  not  authorized." 
(Comp.  Dec.  Feb.  26,  1916.) 

Action  to  be  taken  where  no  quartermaster  available 

391.  An  officer  under  orders  to  change  station  to,  or  from, 
a  point  where  no  quartermaster  is  available  will  communicate 
with  the   Department   Quartermaster,   requesting   instructions 
as  to  hauling.    If  there  is  not  sufficient  time  available  to  com- 
municate with  the  Department  Quartermaster,  the  officer  will 
arrange  for  the  hauling  in  the  most  economical  manner  and 
will   forward  the  bill  to  the  Department   Quartermaster   for 
payment,  certifying  thereon  that  the  service  was  actually  per- 
formed and  secured  after  competition,  and  that  the  amount 
charged  is  fair  and  reasonable. 

Excess  hauling 

392.  If  an  officer,  for  his  own  convenience,  elects  to  fix  his 
residence  at  a  point  not  in  the  city  in  which  he  is  stationed 
under  orders,  and  such  action  results  in  increased  charges  for 
hauling  his  personal  effects  on  his  change  of   station  to  or 
from  the  point  at  which  he  is  stationed,  the  excess  cost  of 
hauling   over   what   it   would    have   cost  to   have   hauled   the 
property  in  the  city  in  which  he  is  stationed,  by  Government 
team  or  commercial  service,  will  be  charged  against  and  col- 
lected from  the  officer  concerned.     (296332  Q.  M.  G.  O.,  Feb. 
27,  1911.) 

An  Army  officer  ordered  on  duty  without  troops  at  a  post 
or  station  where  there  are  no  public  quarters,  whose  baggage 
upon  arrival  is  hauled  to  a  storage  house  at  public  expense, 
is  not  entitled  to  reimbursement  of  cost  of  hauling  baggage 
from  storage  to  quarters.  (20  Comp.  702.) 


128  Handbook  of  Transportation 

TRANSPORTATION  CLAIMS 

CLAIMS  FOR  REIMBURSEMENT  ACCOUNT 

TRANSPORTATION 
Persons 

393.  Travel   at  public   expense   should  be  on  tickets  pro- 
cured on  transportation  requests.     In  such  instances  as  may 
occur  where  it  has  been  necessary  to  pay  the  transportation 
from  personal   funds,  through  being  unable  to  secure  trans- 
portation request,  conductor  declining  to  honor  ticket,  or  other 
reason,  the  traveler  will  file  claim,  through  proper  channels, 
with  the  Quartermaster  General. 

Baggage 

394.  As  shown  in  paragraph  341  hereof,  the  Comptroller 
of  the  Treasury  has   refused  to  sanction  the   reimbursement 
of  persons  who  have  had  their  baggage  transported  at  per- 
sonal expense.     If  through  unusual  circumstances  instances  of 
this  kind  should  occur,  claim  for  reimbursement  may  be  made, 
through  channels,  to  the  Auditor  for  the  War  Department. 

CLAIMS  AGAINST  CARRIERS 
Notification  of  loss  or  damage 

395.  The  attention  of  all  concerned  is  invited  to  the  follow- 
ing provisions  of  the  Government  bill  of  lading. 

Unless  otherwise  specifically  provided  hereon,  this  bill  of 
lading  is  subject  to  the  same  rules  and  conditions  as  govern 
commercial  shipments  made  on  the  usual  forms  provided 
therefor  by  the  carrier. 

In  case  of  loss  or  damage  to  property  while  in  the  posses- 
sion of  the  carrier,  such  loss  or  damage  shall,  when  practic- 
able, be  noted  on  the  bill  of  lading  before^its  accomplishment. 
All  practicable  steps  shall  be  taken  at  that  time  to  determine 
the  loss  or  damage  and  the  liability  therefor,  and  to  collect 
and  transmit  to  the  proper  officer,  without  delay,  all  evidence 
as  to  the  same.  Should  the  loss  or  damage  not  be  discovered 
until  after  the  bill  of  lading  has  been  accomplished,  the  proper 
officer  shall  be  notified  as  soon  as  the  loss  or  damage  is  dis- 
covered, and  the  agent  of  the  carrier  advised  immediately  of 
such  loss  or  damage,  extending  privilege  of  examination  of 
shipment.  (Note:  The  "proper  officer"  is  the  officer  desig- 
nated to  settle  the  account  for  transportation.) 


Handbook  of  Transportation  129 

* 

Time  within  which  claim  may  be  filed 

396.  Attention  is  also  invited  to  the  following  extract  from 
section  6  of  the  uniform  commercial  bill  of  lading : 

Claims  for  loss,  damage,  or  delay  must  be  made  in  writing 
to  the  carrier  at  point  of  delivery  or  at  the  point  of  origin 
within  four  months  after  delivery  of  the  property,  or  in  case 
of  failure  to  make  delivery,  then  within  four  months  after  a 
reasonable  time  for  delivery  has  elapsed.  Unless  claims  are 
so  made  the  carrier  shall  not  be  liable. 

Quartermasters  must  comply  fully  with  these  rules  in  the 
case  of  loss  or  damage  to  public  property,  and  so  far  as  prac- 
ticable in  cases  of  loss  or  damage  to  personal  property  or 
baggage  transported  on  Government  bills  of  lading;  in  the 
latter  cases  notifying  the  agent  of  the  carrier  in  writing  that 
claim  wall  probably  be  filed  by  the  owner,  and  also  advising 
the  owner  of  the  property  that  it  is  incumbent  upon  him  to 
file  claim  with  the  carrier  within  four  months  after  delivery, 
and  that  if  such  action  is  not  taken  within  the  time  specified 
the  carrier  will,  under  the  provisions  of  the  uniform  bin  of 
lading  and  rulings  of  the  Interstate  Commerce  Commission, 
decline  to  entertain  any  claim.  (Circular  No.  24,  O.  Q.  M.  G., 
1915.) 

Public  property 

397.  *          *     Public  property  that  has  been  in  transit  will 
be  carefully  checked   upon   arrival   at  its   destination  by  the 
receiving  quartermaster   with   the  bill   of  lading  or  manifest 
in   order  to   ascertain   whether   the   carrier   has    fully  carried 
out  all  obligations  imposed  upon  him.  Should  any  discrepancy, 
loss,  or  damage  be  found,  the  receiving  quartermaster  will  at 
once  make  application   for  a  surveying  officer  by  whom  the 
facts  will  be  fully  investigated  (unless  the  carrier  voluntarily 
assumes   liability  for  the  loss)    and  the  money  value  of   the 
damage  or  deficiency  will  be  charged  to  the  party  responsible 
therefor,  whether   it  be   the   invoicing  officer   or  the   carrier. 
The  property  will  be  delivered  by  the  receiving  quartermaster 
to  the  officer  to  whom  it  is  invoiced  or  to  other  proper  con- 
signee with  a  statement  of  the  deficiency  or  damage  and  that 
action  by  a  surveying  officer  has  been  requested.     *     *     *     In 
case  the  responsibility  is  fixed  upon  the  carrier  the  receiving 
quartermaster  will  note  on  the  bill  of  lading  the  deductions 
which  shall  be  made  for  such  loss  or  damage  by  the  quarter- 
master who  pays  the  account,  and  will  attach  to  the  bill  of 
lading  2  copies  of  the  approved  report  of  the  surveying  officer. 


130  Handbook  of  Transportation 

• 

The  quartermaster  -who  pays  the  account  will  make  the  de- 
duction and  refund  the  amount  stopped  to  the  proper  depart- 
ment in  the  following  manner,  for  example:  If  from  an 
account  of  $100  for  transportation  services  there  is  a  deduc- 
tion of  $25  for  ordnance  stores  lost,  the  quartermaster  will 
take  credit  under  the  head  "Transportation  of  the  Army" 
for  $75  paid  to  the  carrier,  and  also  for  $25  deposited  to  the 
credit  of  the  Treasurer  of  the  United  States  on  account  of 
"Replacing  ordnance  and  ordnance  stores ;"  but  if  the  deduc- 
tion is  on  account  of  forage  lost  by  the  carrier,  he  will  take 
credit  on  his  account  current,  under  transportation,  for  $25 
as  carried  to  "Regular  Supplies,"  under  which  head  he  will 
charge  himself  with  that  amount.  If,  in  any  instance,  col- 
lection cannot  be  made,  that  fact,  together  with  reasons  there- 
for, will  be  reported  tc  the  proper  chief  of  bureau. 

Surveying  officer 

398.  Should  the  omcer  to  whom  the  property  is  invoiced  on 
receipt   of    the    same    discover   loss,    damage,    or    discrepancy 
not  noted   by   the    receiving  quartermaster,    he   will    at   once 
make   application    for   a    surveying   officer,    notifying    the    re- 
ceiving quartermaster  of  the  action. 

In  the  case  of  shipments  to  the  Philippine  Islands  via  com- 
mercial lines,  the  receiving  quartermaster  is  authorized  to 
accomplish  bills  of  lading  on  the  receipt  of  stores,  noting 
thereon  the  value  of  the  stores  lost  or  damaged,  as  shown  by 
the  invoices,  plus  the  cost  of  transportation,  settlement  to  be 
made  with  the  carriers  with  proper  deduction  to  cover  the 
value  of  the  stores  and  the  cost  of  transportation,  final  set- 
tlement to  await  the  action  of  a  surveying  officer,  to  be  called 
for  immediately  by  the  receiving  officer.  (721  A.  R.,  1913.) 

Personal  property 

399.  In    case   of    loss    or    damage   to   private   property    of 
officers,  or  other  persons  connected  with  the  military  service, 
that    has    been    shipped    on    Government    bill    of    lading,    the 
Comptroller  of  the  Treasury  has  decided  that  any  claim  for 
loss   or  damage   to  the  property  by  the   carrier   is   a  matter 
between  the  owner  of  the  property  and  the  carrier,  and  that 
there  is  no  authority  of   law  for  the  withholding  of  money 
due  by  the  Government  to  the  carrier  to  reimburse  the  owner 
for  the  loss  of  his  property. 

The  proper  officer  of  the  Quartermaster  Corps  will,  how- 
ever, exhaust  every  proper  means  to  have  a  satisfactory  ad- 
justment made.  (Cir.  14,  W.  D.,  1910.) 


Handbook  of  Transportation  131 

The  owner  of  the  property  must  file  claim  with  the  carrier 
for  any  loss  or  damage,  but  the  claim  may  be  filed  through 
the  quartermaster  designated  to  settle  the  account,  and  that 
officer  will,  in  such  cases,  endeavor  to  effect  a  prompt  and 
equitable  settlement. 

CLAIMS  AGAINST  THE  GOVERNMENT  FOR  LOSS 
OR  DAMAGE  TO  PERSONAL  PROPERTY 

IN  TRANSIT 
When  allowed 

400.  Under  the  provisions  of  paragraph  726,  A.  R.,  com- 
pensation may  be  made : 

*  *  *  For  the  loss  of  or  damage  to  the  regulation  allow- 
ance of  baggage  of  officers  and  enlisted  men  sustained  in 
shipment  under  orders,  to  the  extent  of  such  loss  or  damage 
over  and  above  the  amount  recoverable  from  the  earner  fur- 
nishing the  transportation,  provided  such  loss  or  damage  oc- 
curred on  or  after  March  4,  1915. 

Board  of  officers  to  investigate  loss  or  damage 

401.  Each   claim    for   compensation    will   be    for- 
warded,   through    military   channels,    to   the   Auditor    for  the 
\Yar  Department  and  will,  if  possible,  be  accompanied  by  the 
proceedings  of  a  board  of  officers  showing  fully  the  circum- 
stances  of  the  loss.     All   personal   property  for  the   loss   or 
destruction  of  which  payment  is  claimed  must  be  enumerated 
and  described  in  the  proceedings  of  the  board  of  officers,  but 
the  board  will  recommend  payment  for  only  such  articles  as 
in  the  opinion  of  the  board  were  reasonable,  useful,  necessary, 
and  proper  for  the  claimant  to  have  in  the  public  service  in 
the  line  of  duty. 

As  in  most  cases  the  property  for  which  compensation  is 
claimed  has  been  more  or  less  worn,  the  board  will  determine 
the  value  of  each  particular  article  and  recommend  the 
amount  to  which  claimants  may  be  entitled. 

Amount   collected  from  carrier   must   be   deducted   from 
claims 

402.  The  board  should  show  in  their  proceedings  the 
amount  collected  from  the  carrier,  and  this  amount  should  be 
deducted  from  the  total  amount  allowed. 


Notes 


Notes 


QUARTERMASTER 
CORPS 


A  series  of  Lectures  on  the  Q.  M.  C.  are 
being  delivered  by  Major  F.  H.  Lawton, 
0-  M.  C.,  U.  S.  A.,  in  New  York,  Boston 
and  Philadelphia. 

At  the  present  time  books  necessary  for 
this  course  are  out  of  print,  with  but 
little  prospect  of  any  being  printed. 

* 

This  course  will  cover  the  entire  work 
of  this  department.  Most  of  the  lectures 
have  just  been  printed  and  the  remaining 
lectures,  about  twelve  in  all,  will  be 
printed  as  soon  as  possible,  in  book  form. 

Send  in  your  name  and  receive  the  series. 

Price,  $2.00 


Published  by 

GEORGE    U.    HARVEY 

109  Lafayette  St. 
New  York  City,  N.  Y. 


AN  OFFICER'S   NOTES 

By  CAPTAIN    R.  M.  PARKER,  U.  S.    CAVALRY 
Compiled    by    LIEUT.   C.    C.    GRIFFITH,    C.  A.  C. 


Presents  in  a  neat  pocket-sized  manual,  a  condensed 
compilement  of  all  of  the  basic  military  subjects  re- 
quired by  the  War  Department.  Captain  Parker's  long 
experience,  active  service,  and  recent  work  in  instruct- 
ing men  for  the  Officers'  Reserve  Corps,  has  well 
fitted  him  to  present  in  the  simplest,  clearest  and 
briefest  manner  all  the  essential  points.  The  informa- 
tion necessary  for  a  company  officer  has  been  compiled 
from  the  following  official  publications: 

Army  Regulations 

Military  Law 

Small  Arms  Firing  Manual 

Field  Service  Regulations 

Military  Topography 

Drill  Regulations  (Infantry  and  Cavalry) 

Hippology 

to    which   have   been   added   some    useful   plates   on 
military  subjects. 

This  little  manual  presents  in  a  convenient  pocket 
size,  all  the  information  needed  to  solve  the  ordinary 
problems  which  confront  a  company  officer,  and  gives 
him  in  one  volume  the  important  extracts  from  many 
lengthy  manuals. 

Contains  in  concise  form  the  essentials  which  candi- 
dates must  know  for  examination  for  the  Officers' 
Reserve  Corps. 

Price,  $2.00  Net,  Prepaid 

PUBLISHED     BY 

GEORGE  U.  HARVEY 

109  Lafayette  Street,  New  York  City 


Ready  About  May  1st. 

WHAT  AN  OFFICER 
MUST  KNOW 

By  Major  J.  C.  McArthur,  U.  S.  A. 


The  most  wonderful  military  book  yet  produced. 
Tells  things  which  have  never  been  written  about 
before.  It  is  the  experience  of  thirty  years  of  service 
and  two  wars. 

It  takes  the  Reserve  Officer  from  his  home  to  the 
firing  line.  It  shows  the  difficulties  which  he  meets 
and  tells  how  he  overcomes  them.  It  shows  how 
a  company  is  organized;  the  instruction  of  the  men 
on  the  hike,  in  the  field  and  on  the  firing  line. 

Notes  are  written  on  each  chapter  explaining  various 
orders  and  giving  suggestions  for  overcoming  the 
various  unforeseen  difficulties  that  always  arise. 


Order  now.    Price  $2.00. 


GEORGE  U.  HARVEY,  Publisher 
109  Lafayette  Street  New  York  City 


.£  «L 


YA  06.46 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


